ASTContext.cpp revision 15c8e56e44a5fb6d298ae5bad791f9ea5bb883f6
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 30#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 35#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 38#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 39#include <map> 40 41using namespace clang; 42 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 54unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 55 56enum FloatingRank { 57 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 58}; 59 60RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 61 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 62 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 63 CommentsLoaded = true; 64 } 65 66 assert(D); 67 68 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 69 if (D->isImplicit()) 70 return NULL; 71 72 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 73 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 74 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 75 return NULL; 76 } 77 78 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 79 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 80 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 81 return NULL; 82 } 83 84 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 85 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 86 return NULL; 87 } 88 89 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 90 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 91 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 92 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 93 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 94 return NULL; 95 } 96 97 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 98 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 99 return NULL; 100 } 101 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 102 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 103 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 104 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 105 return NULL; 106 } 107 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 108 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 109 return NULL; 110 111 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 112 // documentation. 113 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 115 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 116 return NULL; 117 118 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 119 120 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 121 if (RawComments.empty()) 122 return NULL; 123 124 // Find declaration location. 125 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 126 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 127 // location". 128 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 129 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 130 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 131 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 132 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 133 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 134 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 135 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 136 else { 137 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 138 // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being 139 // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location 140 // as the "declaration location". 141 if (DeclLoc.isMacroID() && isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) 142 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 143 } 144 145 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 146 // can't find the comment. 147 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 148 return NULL; 149 150 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 151 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 152 { 153 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 154 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 155 // first. 156 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 157 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 158 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 159 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 160 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 161 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 162 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 163 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 164 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 165 } 166 167 if (Found) { 168 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 169 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 170 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 171 } else { 172 // Slow path. 173 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 174 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 175 } 176 } 177 178 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 179 // file buffer. 180 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 181 182 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 183 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 184 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 185 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D) || 186 isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) { 187 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 188 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 189 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 190 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 191 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 192 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 193 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 194 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 195 return *Comment; 196 } 197 } 198 199 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 200 // Let's look at the previous comment. 201 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 202 return NULL; 203 --Comment; 204 205 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 206 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 207 return NULL; 208 209 // Decompose the end of the comment. 210 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 211 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 212 213 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 214 // aren't related. 215 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 216 return NULL; 217 218 // Get the corresponding buffer. 219 bool Invalid = false; 220 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 221 &Invalid).data(); 222 if (Invalid) 223 return NULL; 224 225 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 226 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 227 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 228 229 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 230 // comment and declaration. 231 if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 232 return NULL; 233 234 return *Comment; 235} 236 237namespace { 238/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 239/// refer to the actual template. 240/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 241const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 242 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 243 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 248 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 249 return D; 250 251 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 252 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 253 return FTD; 254 255 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 256 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 257 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 258 return MemberDecl; 259 260 return D; 261 } 262 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 263 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 264 // template? 265 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 266 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 267 return MemberDecl; 268 269 return D; 270 } 271 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 272 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 273 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 274 return CTD; 275 276 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 277 // specialization? 278 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 279 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 280 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 281 return D; 282 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 283 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 284 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 285 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 286 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 287 static_cast<const Decl*>( 288 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 289 } 290 291 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 293 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 294 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 295 296 return D; 297 } 298 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 299 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 300 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 301 return MemberDecl; 302 303 return D; 304 } 305 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 306 return D; 307} 308} // unnamed namespace 309 310const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 311 const Decl *D, 312 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 313 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 314 315 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 316 { 317 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 318 RedeclComments.find(D); 319 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 320 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 321 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 322 if (OriginalDecl) 323 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 324 return Raw.getRaw(); 325 } 326 } 327 } 328 329 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 330 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 331 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 332 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 333 E = D->redecls_end(); 334 I != E; ++I) { 335 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 336 RedeclComments.find(*I); 337 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 338 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 339 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 340 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 341 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 342 break; 343 } 344 } else { 345 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 346 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 347 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 348 if (RC) { 349 Raw.setRaw(RC); 350 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 351 } else 352 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 353 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 354 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 355 if (RC) 356 break; 357 } 358 } 359 360 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 361 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 362 363 if (OriginalDecl) 364 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 365 366 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 368 Raw.setRaw(RC); 369 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 370 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 371 372 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 373 E = D->redecls_end(); 374 I != E; ++I) { 375 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 376 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 377 R = Raw; 378 } 379 380 return RC; 381} 382 383static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 384 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 385 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 386 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 387 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 388 if (!ID) 389 return; 390 // Add redeclared method here. 391 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 392 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 393 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 394 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 395 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 396 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 397 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 398 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 399 } 400 } 401} 402 403comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 404 const Decl *D) const { 405 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 406 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 407 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 408 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 409 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 410 comments::FullComment *CFC = 411 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 412 ThisDeclInfo); 413 return CFC; 414 415} 416 417comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { 418 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 419 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, 0, D) : 0; 420} 421 422comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 423 const Decl *D, 424 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 425 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 426 return NULL; 427 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 428 429 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 430 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 431 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 432 433 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 434 if (Canonical != D) { 435 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 436 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 437 return CFC; 438 } 439 return Pos->second; 440 } 441 442 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 443 444 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 445 if (!RC) { 446 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 447 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 448 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 449 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 450 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 451 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 452 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 453 if (OMD) 454 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 455 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 456 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 457 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 458 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 459 } 460 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 461 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 462 // does not have one of its own. 463 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 464 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 465 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 466 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 467 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 468 } 469 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 470 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 471 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 472 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 473 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 474 } 475 } 476 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 477 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 478 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 479 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 480 } 481 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 482 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 483 return NULL; 484 // Check non-virtual bases. 485 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 486 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 487 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 488 continue; 489 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 490 if (Ty.isNull()) 491 continue; 492 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 493 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 494 continue; 495 496 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 497 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 498 } 499 } 500 // Check virtual bases. 501 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 502 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 503 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 504 continue; 505 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 506 if (Ty.isNull()) 507 continue; 508 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 509 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 510 continue; 511 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 512 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 513 } 514 } 515 } 516 return NULL; 517 } 518 519 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 520 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 521 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 522 // different across redeclarations. 523 if (D != OriginalDecl) 524 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 525 526 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 527 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 528 return FC; 529} 530 531void 532ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 533 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 534 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 535 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 536 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 537 538 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 539 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 540 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 541 PEnd = Params->end(); 542 P != PEnd; ++P) { 543 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 544 ID.AddInteger(0); 545 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 546 continue; 547 } 548 549 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 550 ID.AddInteger(1); 551 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 552 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 553 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 554 ID.AddBoolean(true); 555 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 556 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 557 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 558 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 559 } 560 } else 561 ID.AddBoolean(false); 562 continue; 563 } 564 565 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 566 ID.AddInteger(2); 567 Profile(ID, TTP); 568 } 569} 570 571TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 572ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 573 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 574 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 575 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 576 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 577 void *InsertPos = 0; 578 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 579 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 580 if (Canonical) 581 return Canonical->getParam(); 582 583 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 584 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 585 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 586 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 587 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 588 PEnd = Params->end(); 589 P != PEnd; ++P) { 590 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 591 CanonParams.push_back( 592 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 593 SourceLocation(), 594 SourceLocation(), 595 TTP->getDepth(), 596 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 597 TTP->isParameterPack())); 598 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 599 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 600 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 601 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 602 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 603 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 604 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 605 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 606 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 607 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 608 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 609 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 610 } 611 612 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 613 SourceLocation(), 614 SourceLocation(), 615 NTTP->getDepth(), 616 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 617 T, 618 TInfo, 619 ExpandedTypes.data(), 620 ExpandedTypes.size(), 621 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 622 } else { 623 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 624 SourceLocation(), 625 SourceLocation(), 626 NTTP->getDepth(), 627 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 628 T, 629 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 630 TInfo); 631 } 632 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 633 634 } else 635 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 636 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 637 } 638 639 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 640 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 641 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 642 TTP->getPosition(), 643 TTP->isParameterPack(), 644 0, 645 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 646 SourceLocation(), 647 CanonParams.data(), 648 CanonParams.size(), 649 SourceLocation())); 650 651 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 652 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 653 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 654 (void)Canonical; 655 656 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 657 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 658 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 659 return CanonTTP; 660} 661 662CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 663 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 664 665 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 666 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 667 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 668 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 669 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 670 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 671 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 672 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 673 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 674 } 675 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 676} 677 678static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 679 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 680 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 681 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 682 // language-specific address space. 683 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 684 1, // opencl_global 685 2, // opencl_local 686 3, // opencl_constant 687 4, // cuda_device 688 5, // cuda_constant 689 6 // cuda_shared 690 }; 691 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 692 } else { 693 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 694 } 695} 696 697ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 698 const TargetInfo *t, 699 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 700 Builtin::Context &builtins, 701 unsigned size_reserve, 702 bool DelayInitialization) 703 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 704 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 705 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 706 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 707 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 708 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), Float128StubDecl(0), 709 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 710 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 711 BOOLDecl(0), 712 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 713 FILEDecl(0), 714 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 715 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 716 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 717 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 718 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 719 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 720 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 721 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 722 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 723 DeclarationNames(*this), 724 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 725 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 726 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 727 LastSDM(0, 0) 728{ 729 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 730 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 731 732 if (!DelayInitialization) { 733 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 734 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 735 } 736} 737 738ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 739 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 740 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 741 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 742 743 // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. 744 for (DeallocationMap::const_iterator I = Deallocations.begin(), 745 E = Deallocations.end(); I != E; ++I) 746 for (unsigned J = 0, N = I->second.size(); J != N; ++J) 747 (I->first)((I->second)[J]); 748 749 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 750 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 751 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 752 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 753 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 754 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 755 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 756 R->Destroy(*this); 757 758 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 759 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 760 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 761 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 762 R->Destroy(*this); 763 } 764 765 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 766 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 767 A != AEnd; ++A) 768 A->second->~AttrVec(); 769} 770 771void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 772 Deallocations[Callback].push_back(Data); 773} 774 775void 776ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 777 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 778} 779 780void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 781 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 782 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 783 784 unsigned counts[] = { 785#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 786#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 787#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 788 0 // Extra 789 }; 790 791 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 792 Type *T = Types[i]; 793 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 794 } 795 796 unsigned Idx = 0; 797 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 798#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 799 if (counts[Idx]) \ 800 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 801 << " types\n"; \ 802 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 803 ++Idx; 804#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 805#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 806 807 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 808 809 // Implicit special member functions. 810 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 811 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 812 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 813 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 814 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 815 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 817 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 818 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 819 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 820 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 821 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 822 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 823 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 824 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 825 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 826 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 827 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 828 << NumImplicitDestructors 829 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 830 831 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 832 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 833 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 834 } 835 836 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 837} 838 839TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 840 if (!Int128Decl) { 841 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 842 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 843 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 844 SourceLocation(), 845 SourceLocation(), 846 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 847 TInfo); 848 } 849 850 return Int128Decl; 851} 852 853TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 854 if (!UInt128Decl) { 855 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 856 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 857 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 858 SourceLocation(), 859 SourceLocation(), 860 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 861 TInfo); 862 } 863 864 return UInt128Decl; 865} 866 867TypeDecl *ASTContext::getFloat128StubType() const { 868 assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus && "should only be called for c++"); 869 if (!Float128StubDecl) { 870 Float128StubDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 871 TTK_Struct, 872 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 873 SourceLocation(), 874 SourceLocation(), 875 &Idents.get("__float128")); 876 } 877 878 return Float128StubDecl; 879} 880 881void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 882 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 883 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 884 Types.push_back(Ty); 885} 886 887void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 888 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 889 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 890 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 891 892 this->Target = &Target; 893 894 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 895 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 896 897 // C99 6.2.5p19. 898 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 899 900 // C99 6.2.5p2. 901 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 902 // C99 6.2.5p3. 903 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 904 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 905 else 906 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 907 // C99 6.2.5p4. 908 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 909 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 910 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 911 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 912 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 913 914 // C99 6.2.5p6. 915 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 916 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 917 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 918 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 919 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 920 921 // C99 6.2.5p10. 922 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 923 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 924 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 925 926 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 927 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 928 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 929 930 // C++ 3.9.1p5 931 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 932 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 933 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 934 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 935 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 936 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 937 else { 938 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 939 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 940 } 941 942 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 943 944 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 945 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 946 else // C99 947 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 948 949 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 950 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 951 else // C99 952 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 953 954 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 955 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 956 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 957 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 958 // expressions. 959 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 960 961 // Placeholder type for functions. 962 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 963 964 // Placeholder type for bound members. 965 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 966 967 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 968 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 969 970 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 971 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 972 973 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 974 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 975 976 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 977 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 978 979 // C99 6.2.5p11. 980 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 981 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 982 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 983 984 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 985 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 986 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 987 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 988 989 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 990 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 991 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 992 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 993 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 994 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 995 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 996 997 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 998 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 999 } 1000 1001 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 1002 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 1003 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 1004 1005 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 1006 1007 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 1008 1009 // void * type 1010 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 1011 1012 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 1013 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 1014 1015 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 1016 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 1017 1018 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 1019 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 1020} 1021 1022DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 1023 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 1024} 1025 1026AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1027 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1028 if (!Result) { 1029 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1030 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1031 } 1032 1033 return *Result; 1034} 1035 1036/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1037void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1038 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1039 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1040 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1041 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1042 } 1043} 1044 1045// FIXME: Remove ? 1046MemberSpecializationInfo * 1047ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1048 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1049 return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var) 1050 .dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo *>(); 1051} 1052 1053ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo 1054ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) { 1055 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo>::iterator Pos = 1056 TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var); 1057 if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end()) 1058 return TemplateOrSpecializationInfo(); 1059 1060 return Pos->second; 1061} 1062 1063void 1064ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1065 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1066 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1067 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1068 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1069 setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo( 1070 Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation)); 1071} 1072 1073void 1074ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst, 1075 TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) { 1076 assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] && 1077 "Already noted what the variable was instantiated from"); 1078 TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI; 1079} 1080 1081FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1082 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1083 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1084 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1085 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1086 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1087 return 0; 1088 1089 return Pos->second; 1090} 1091 1092void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1093 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1094 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1095 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1096 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1097} 1098 1099NamedDecl * 1100ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1101 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1102 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1103 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1104 return 0; 1105 1106 return Pos->second; 1107} 1108 1109void 1110ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1111 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1112 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1113 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1114 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1115 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1116 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1117} 1118 1119UsingShadowDecl * 1120ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1121 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1122 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1123 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1124 return 0; 1125 1126 return Pos->second; 1127} 1128 1129void 1130ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1131 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1132 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1133 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1134} 1135 1136FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1137 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1138 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1139 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1140 return 0; 1141 1142 return Pos->second; 1143} 1144 1145void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1146 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1147 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1148 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1149 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1150 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1151 1152 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1153} 1154 1155ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1156ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1157 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1158 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1159 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1160 return 0; 1161 1162 return Pos->second.begin(); 1163} 1164 1165ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1166ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1167 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1168 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1169 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1170 return 0; 1171 1172 return Pos->second.end(); 1173} 1174 1175unsigned 1176ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1177 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1178 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1179 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1180 return 0; 1181 1182 return Pos->second.size(); 1183} 1184 1185void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1186 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1187 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1188 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1189} 1190 1191void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1192 const NamedDecl *D, 1193 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1194 assert(D); 1195 1196 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1197 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1198 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1199 return; 1200 } 1201 1202 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1203 if (!Method) 1204 return; 1205 1206 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1207 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1208 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1209} 1210 1211void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1212 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1213 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1214 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1215 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1216 LastLocalImport = Import; 1217 return; 1218 } 1219 1220 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1221 LastLocalImport = Import; 1222} 1223 1224//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1225// Type Sizing and Analysis 1226//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1227 1228/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1229/// scalar floating point type. 1230const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1231 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1232 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1233 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1234 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1235 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1236 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1237 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1238 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1239 } 1240} 1241 1242/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1243/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1244/// this method will assert on them. 1245/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1246/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1247CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1248 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1249 1250 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1251 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1252 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1253 1254 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1255 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1256 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1257 // 1258 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1259 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1260 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1261 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1262 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1263 } else { 1264 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1265 } 1266 } 1267 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1268 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1269 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1270 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1271 1272 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1273 // else about the declaration and its type. 1274 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1275 // do nothing 1276 1277 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1278 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1279 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1280 if (RefAsPointee) 1281 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1282 else 1283 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1284 } 1285 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1286 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1287 // large-array alignment on the target. 1288 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1289 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1290 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1291 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1292 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1293 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1294 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1295 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1296 1297 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1298 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1299 } 1300 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1301 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1302 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1303 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1304 } 1305 } 1306 1307 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1308 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1309 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1310 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1311 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1312 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1313 const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent(); 1314 // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid. 1315 if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) { 1316 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent); 1317 1318 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1319 unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1320 1321 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1322 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex()); 1323 if (Offset > 0) { 1324 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1325 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1326 uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1); 1327 if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign) 1328 FieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(LowBitOfOffset); 1329 } 1330 1331 Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign); 1332 } 1333 } 1334 } 1335 1336 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1337} 1338 1339// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1340// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1341// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1342// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1343std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1344ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1345 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1346 1347 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1348 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1349 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1351 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1352 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1353 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1354 } 1355 } 1356 1357 return sizeAndAlign; 1358} 1359 1360/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits 1361/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. 1362std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1363static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, 1364 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { 1365 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = 1366 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); 1367 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1368 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= 1369 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1370 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); 1371 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; 1372 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); 1373 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1374 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), 1375 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 1376} 1377 1378std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1379ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1380 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) 1381 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); 1382 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1383 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1384 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1385} 1386 1387std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1388ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1389 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1390} 1391 1392std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1393 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1394 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1395 return it->second; 1396 1397 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1398 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1399 return Info; 1400} 1401 1402/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1403/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1404/// 1405/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1406/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1407/// should take a QualType, &c. 1408std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1409ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1410 uint64_t Width=0; 1411 unsigned Align=8; 1412 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1413#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1414#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1415#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1416#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1417#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \ 1418 case Type::Class: \ 1419 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \ 1420 return getTypeInfo(cast<Class##Type>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr()); 1421#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1422 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1423 1424 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1425 case Type::FunctionProto: 1426 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1427 Width = 0; 1428 Align = 32; 1429 break; 1430 1431 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1432 case Type::VariableArray: 1433 Width = 0; 1434 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1435 break; 1436 1437 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1438 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1439 1440 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1441 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1442 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1443 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1444 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1445 Align = EltInfo.second; 1446 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1447 break; 1448 } 1449 case Type::ExtVector: 1450 case Type::Vector: { 1451 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1452 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1453 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1454 Align = Width; 1455 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1456 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1457 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1458 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1459 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1460 } 1461 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1462 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1463 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1464 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1465 break; 1466 } 1467 1468 case Type::Builtin: 1469 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1470 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1471 case BuiltinType::Void: 1472 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1473 Width = 0; 1474 Align = 8; 1475 break; 1476 1477 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1478 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1479 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1480 break; 1481 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1482 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1483 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1484 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1485 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1486 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1487 break; 1488 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1489 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1490 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1491 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1492 break; 1493 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1494 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1495 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1496 break; 1497 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1498 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1499 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1500 break; 1501 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1502 case BuiltinType::Short: 1503 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1504 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1505 break; 1506 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1507 case BuiltinType::Int: 1508 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1509 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1510 break; 1511 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1512 case BuiltinType::Long: 1513 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1514 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1515 break; 1516 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1517 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1518 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1519 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1520 break; 1521 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1522 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1523 Width = 128; 1524 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1525 break; 1526 case BuiltinType::Half: 1527 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1528 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1529 break; 1530 case BuiltinType::Float: 1531 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1532 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1533 break; 1534 case BuiltinType::Double: 1535 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1536 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1537 break; 1538 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1539 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1540 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1541 break; 1542 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1543 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1544 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1545 break; 1546 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1547 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1548 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1549 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1550 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1551 break; 1552 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1553 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1554 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1555 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1556 break; 1557 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1558 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1559 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1560 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1561 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1562 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1563 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1564 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1565 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1566 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1567 break; 1568 } 1569 break; 1570 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1571 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1572 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1573 break; 1574 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1575 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1576 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1577 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1578 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1579 break; 1580 } 1581 case Type::LValueReference: 1582 case Type::RValueReference: { 1583 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1584 // the pointer route. 1585 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1586 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1587 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1588 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1589 break; 1590 } 1591 case Type::Pointer: { 1592 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1593 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1594 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1595 break; 1596 } 1597 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1598 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1599 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1600 break; 1601 } 1602 case Type::Complex: { 1603 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1604 // size. 1605 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1606 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1607 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1608 Align = EltInfo.second; 1609 break; 1610 } 1611 case Type::ObjCObject: 1612 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1613 case Type::Decayed: 1614 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecayedType>(T)->getDecayedType().getTypePtr()); 1615 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1616 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1617 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1618 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1619 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1620 break; 1621 } 1622 case Type::Record: 1623 case Type::Enum: { 1624 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1625 1626 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1627 Width = 8; 1628 Align = 8; 1629 break; 1630 } 1631 1632 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1633 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1634 1635 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1636 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1637 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1638 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1639 break; 1640 } 1641 1642 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1643 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1644 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1645 1646 case Type::Auto: { 1647 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1648 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1649 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1650 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1651 } 1652 1653 case Type::Paren: 1654 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1655 1656 case Type::Typedef: { 1657 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1658 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1659 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1660 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1661 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1662 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1663 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1664 Align = AttrAlign; 1665 else 1666 Align = Info.second; 1667 Width = Info.first; 1668 break; 1669 } 1670 1671 case Type::Elaborated: 1672 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1673 1674 case Type::Attributed: 1675 return getTypeInfo( 1676 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1677 1678 case Type::Atomic: { 1679 // Start with the base type information. 1680 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1681 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1682 Width = Info.first; 1683 Align = Info.second; 1684 1685 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1686 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1687 // favorable to atomic operations: 1688 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1689 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1690 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1691 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1692 1693 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1694 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1695 } 1696 } 1697 1698 } 1699 1700 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1701 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1702} 1703 1704/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1705CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1706 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1707} 1708 1709/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1710int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1711 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1712} 1713 1714/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1715/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1716CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1717 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1718} 1719CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1720 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1721} 1722 1723/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1724/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1725CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1726 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1727} 1728CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1729 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1730} 1731 1732/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1733/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1734/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1735/// a data type. 1736unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1737 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1738 1739 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1740 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1741 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1742 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1743 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1744 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1745 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1746 1747 return ABIAlign; 1748} 1749 1750/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1751/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1752unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1753 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1754} 1755 1756/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1757/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1758CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1759 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1760} 1761 1762/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1763/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1764/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1765/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1766/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1767/// 1768void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1769 bool leafClass, 1770 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1771 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1772 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1773 if (!leafClass) { 1774 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1775 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1776 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1777 } else { 1778 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1779 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1780 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1781 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1782 } 1783} 1784 1785/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1786/// those inherited by it. 1787void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1788 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1789 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1790 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1791 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1792 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1793 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1794 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1795 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1796 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1797 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1798 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1799 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1800 } 1801 } 1802 1803 // Categories of this Interface. 1804 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1805 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1806 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1807 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1808 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1809 } 1810 1811 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1812 while (SD) { 1813 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1814 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1815 } 1816 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1817 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1818 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1819 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1820 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1821 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1822 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1823 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1824 } 1825 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1826 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1827 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1828 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1829 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1830 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1831 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1832 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1833 } 1834 } 1835} 1836 1837unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1838 unsigned count = 0; 1839 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1840 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1841 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1842 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1843 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1844 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1845 } 1846 1847 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1848 // includes synthesized ivars. 1849 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1850 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1851 1852 return count; 1853} 1854 1855bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1856 if (!E) 1857 return false; 1858 1859 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1860 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1861 1862 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1863 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1864 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1865 return true; 1866 1867 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1868 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1869 1870 return false; 1871} 1872 1873/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1874ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1875 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1876 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1877 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1878 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1879 return 0; 1880} 1881/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1882ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1883 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1884 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1885 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1886 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1887 return 0; 1888} 1889 1890/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1891void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1892 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1893 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1894 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1895} 1896/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1897void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1898 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1899 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1900 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1901} 1902 1903const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1904 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1905 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1906 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1907 return ID; 1908 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1909 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1910 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1911 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1912 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1913 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1914 1915 return 0; 1916} 1917 1918/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1919/// none exists. 1920Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1921 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1922 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1923 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1924 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1925 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1926 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1927} 1928 1929/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1930void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1931 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1932 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1933 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1934 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1935} 1936 1937TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1938 unsigned DataSize) const { 1939 if (!DataSize) 1940 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1941 else 1942 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1943 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1944 1945 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1946 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1947 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1948 return TInfo; 1949} 1950 1951TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1952 SourceLocation L) const { 1953 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1954 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1955 return DI; 1956} 1957 1958const ASTRecordLayout & 1959ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1960 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1961} 1962 1963const ASTRecordLayout & 1964ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1965 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1966 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1967} 1968 1969//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1970// Type creation/memoization methods 1971//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1972 1973QualType 1974ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1975 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1976 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1977 1978 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1979 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1980 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1981 void *insertPos = 0; 1982 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1983 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1984 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1985 } 1986 1987 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1988 QualType canon; 1989 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1990 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1991 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1992 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1993 1994 // Re-find the insert position. 1995 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1996 } 1997 1998 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1999 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 2000 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 2001} 2002 2003QualType 2004ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 2005 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2006 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 2007 return T; 2008 2009 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2010 // into one ExtQuals node. 2011 QualifierCollector Quals; 2012 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2013 2014 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2015 // another one. 2016 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2017 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2018 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2019 2020 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2021} 2022 2023QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2024 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2025 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2026 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2027 return T; 2028 2029 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2030 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2031 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2032 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2033 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2034 } 2035 } 2036 2037 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2038 // into one ExtQuals node. 2039 QualifierCollector Quals; 2040 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2041 2042 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2043 // another one. 2044 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2045 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2046 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2047 2048 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2049} 2050 2051const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2052 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2053 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2054 return T; 2055 2056 QualType Result; 2057 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2058 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2059 } else { 2060 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2061 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2062 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2063 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 2064 } 2065 2066 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2067} 2068 2069void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2070 QualType ResultType) { 2071 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2072 while (true) { 2073 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2074 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2075 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2076 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2077 FD = Next; 2078 else 2079 break; 2080 } 2081 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2082 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2083} 2084 2085/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2086/// number with the specified element type. 2087QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2088 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2089 // structure. 2090 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2091 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2092 2093 void *InsertPos = 0; 2094 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2095 return QualType(CT, 0); 2096 2097 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2098 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2099 QualType Canonical; 2100 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2101 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2102 2103 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2104 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2105 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2106 } 2107 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2108 Types.push_back(New); 2109 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2110 return QualType(New, 0); 2111} 2112 2113/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2114/// the specified type. 2115QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2116 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2117 // structure. 2118 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2119 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2120 2121 void *InsertPos = 0; 2122 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2123 return QualType(PT, 0); 2124 2125 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2126 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2127 QualType Canonical; 2128 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2129 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2130 2131 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2132 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2133 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2134 } 2135 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2136 Types.push_back(New); 2137 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2138 return QualType(New, 0); 2139} 2140 2141QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const { 2142 assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay"); 2143 2144 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2145 DecayedType::Profile(ID, T); 2146 void *InsertPos = 0; 2147 if (DecayedType *DT = DecayedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2148 return QualType(DT, 0); 2149 2150 QualType Decayed; 2151 2152 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 2153 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 2154 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 2155 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 2156 // the array type derivation. 2157 if (T->isArrayType()) 2158 Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T); 2159 2160 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 2161 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 2162 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 2163 // in 6.3.2.1. 2164 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2165 Decayed = getPointerType(T); 2166 2167 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed); 2168 2169 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2170 DecayedType *NewIP = DecayedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2171 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2172 2173 DecayedType *New = 2174 new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical); 2175 Types.push_back(New); 2176 DecayedTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2177 return QualType(New, 0); 2178} 2179 2180/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2181/// a pointer to the specified block. 2182QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2183 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2184 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2185 // structure. 2186 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2187 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2188 2189 void *InsertPos = 0; 2190 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2191 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2192 return QualType(PT, 0); 2193 2194 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2195 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2196 QualType Canonical; 2197 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2198 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2199 2200 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2201 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2202 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2203 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2204 } 2205 BlockPointerType *New 2206 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2207 Types.push_back(New); 2208 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2209 return QualType(New, 0); 2210} 2211 2212/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2213/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2214QualType 2215ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2216 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2217 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2218 2219 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2220 // structure. 2221 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2222 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2223 2224 void *InsertPos = 0; 2225 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2226 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2227 return QualType(RT, 0); 2228 2229 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2230 2231 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2232 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2233 QualType Canonical; 2234 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2235 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2236 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2237 2238 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2239 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2240 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2241 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2242 } 2243 2244 LValueReferenceType *New 2245 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2246 SpelledAsLValue); 2247 Types.push_back(New); 2248 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2249 2250 return QualType(New, 0); 2251} 2252 2253/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2254/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2255QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2256 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2257 // structure. 2258 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2259 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2260 2261 void *InsertPos = 0; 2262 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2263 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2264 return QualType(RT, 0); 2265 2266 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2267 2268 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2269 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2270 QualType Canonical; 2271 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2272 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2273 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2274 2275 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2276 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2277 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2278 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2279 } 2280 2281 RValueReferenceType *New 2282 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2283 Types.push_back(New); 2284 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2285 return QualType(New, 0); 2286} 2287 2288/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2289/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2290QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2291 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2292 // structure. 2293 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2294 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2295 2296 void *InsertPos = 0; 2297 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2298 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2299 return QualType(PT, 0); 2300 2301 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2302 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2303 QualType Canonical; 2304 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2305 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2306 2307 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2308 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2309 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2310 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2311 } 2312 MemberPointerType *New 2313 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2314 Types.push_back(New); 2315 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2316 return QualType(New, 0); 2317} 2318 2319/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2320/// array of the specified element type. 2321QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2322 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2323 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2324 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2325 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2326 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2327 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2328 2329 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2330 // the target. 2331 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2332 ArySize = 2333 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2334 2335 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2336 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2337 2338 void *InsertPos = 0; 2339 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2340 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2341 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2342 2343 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2344 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2345 QualType Canon; 2346 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2347 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2348 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2349 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2350 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2351 2352 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2353 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2354 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2355 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2356 } 2357 2358 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2359 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2360 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2361 Types.push_back(New); 2362 return QualType(New, 0); 2363} 2364 2365/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2366/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2367/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2368QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2369 // Vastly most common case. 2370 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2371 2372 QualType result; 2373 2374 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2375 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2376 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2377#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2378#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2379#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2380#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2381 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2382 2383 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2384 case Type::Builtin: 2385 case Type::Complex: 2386 case Type::Vector: 2387 case Type::ExtVector: 2388 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2389 case Type::ObjCObject: 2390 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2391 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2392 case Type::Record: 2393 case Type::Enum: 2394 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2395 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2396 case Type::TypeOf: 2397 case Type::Decltype: 2398 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2399 case Type::DependentName: 2400 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2401 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2402 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2403 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2404 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2405 case Type::Auto: 2406 case Type::PackExpansion: 2407 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2408 2409 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2410 // further decay. 2411 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2412 case Type::FunctionProto: 2413 case Type::BlockPointer: 2414 case Type::MemberPointer: 2415 return type; 2416 2417 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2418 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2419 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2420 // optimizations available here. 2421 case Type::Pointer: 2422 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2423 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2424 break; 2425 2426 case Type::LValueReference: { 2427 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2428 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2429 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2430 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2431 break; 2432 } 2433 2434 case Type::RValueReference: { 2435 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2436 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2437 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2438 break; 2439 } 2440 2441 case Type::Atomic: { 2442 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2443 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2444 break; 2445 } 2446 2447 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2448 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2449 result = getConstantArrayType( 2450 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2451 cat->getSize(), 2452 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2453 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2454 break; 2455 } 2456 2457 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2458 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2459 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2460 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2461 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2462 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2463 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2464 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2465 break; 2466 } 2467 2468 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2469 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2470 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2471 result = getVariableArrayType( 2472 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2473 /*size*/ 0, 2474 ArrayType::Normal, 2475 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2476 SourceRange()); 2477 break; 2478 } 2479 2480 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2481 case Type::VariableArray: { 2482 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2483 result = getVariableArrayType( 2484 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2485 /*size*/ 0, 2486 ArrayType::Star, 2487 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2488 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2489 break; 2490 } 2491 } 2492 2493 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2494 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2495} 2496 2497/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2498/// variable array of the specified element type. 2499QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2500 Expr *NumElts, 2501 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2502 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2503 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2504 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2505 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2506 QualType Canon; 2507 2508 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2509 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2510 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2511 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2512 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2513 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2514 } 2515 2516 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2517 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2518 2519 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2520 Types.push_back(New); 2521 return QualType(New, 0); 2522} 2523 2524/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2525/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2526/// type. 2527QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2528 Expr *numElements, 2529 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2530 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2531 SourceRange brackets) const { 2532 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2533 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2534 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2535 2536 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2537 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2538 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2539 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2540 if (!numElements) { 2541 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2542 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2543 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2544 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2545 brackets); 2546 Types.push_back(newType); 2547 return QualType(newType, 0); 2548 } 2549 2550 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2551 // also build a canonical type. 2552 2553 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2554 2555 void *insertPos = 0; 2556 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2557 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2558 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2559 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2560 2561 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2562 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2563 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2564 2565 // If we don't have one, build one. 2566 if (!canonTy) { 2567 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2568 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2569 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2570 brackets); 2571 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2572 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2573 } 2574 2575 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2576 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2577 canonElementType.Quals); 2578 2579 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2580 // then just use that as our result. 2581 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2582 return canon; 2583 2584 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2585 // of the element type. 2586 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2587 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2588 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2589 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2590 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2591 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2592} 2593 2594QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2595 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2596 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2597 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2598 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2599 2600 void *insertPos = 0; 2601 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2602 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2603 return QualType(iat, 0); 2604 2605 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2606 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2607 // qualifiers off the element type. 2608 QualType canon; 2609 2610 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2611 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2612 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2613 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2614 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2615 2616 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2617 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2618 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2619 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2620 } 2621 2622 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2623 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2624 2625 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2626 Types.push_back(newType); 2627 return QualType(newType, 0); 2628} 2629 2630/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2631/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2632QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2633 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2634 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2635 2636 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2637 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2638 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2639 2640 void *InsertPos = 0; 2641 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2642 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2643 2644 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2645 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2646 QualType Canonical; 2647 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2648 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2649 2650 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2651 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2652 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2653 } 2654 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2655 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2656 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2657 Types.push_back(New); 2658 return QualType(New, 0); 2659} 2660 2661/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2662/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2663QualType 2664ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2665 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2666 2667 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2668 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2669 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2670 VectorType::GenericVector); 2671 void *InsertPos = 0; 2672 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2673 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2674 2675 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2676 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2677 QualType Canonical; 2678 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2679 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2680 2681 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2682 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2683 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2684 } 2685 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2686 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2687 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2688 Types.push_back(New); 2689 return QualType(New, 0); 2690} 2691 2692QualType 2693ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2694 Expr *SizeExpr, 2695 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2696 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2697 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2698 SizeExpr); 2699 2700 void *InsertPos = 0; 2701 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2702 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2703 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2704 if (Canon) { 2705 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2706 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2707 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2708 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2709 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2710 } else { 2711 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2712 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2713 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2714 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2715 AttrLoc); 2716 2717 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2718 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2719 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2720 (void)CanonCheck; 2721 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2722 } else { 2723 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2724 SourceLocation()); 2725 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2726 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2727 } 2728 } 2729 2730 Types.push_back(New); 2731 return QualType(New, 0); 2732} 2733 2734/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2735/// 2736QualType 2737ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2738 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2739 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2740 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2741 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2742 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2743 // structure. 2744 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2745 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2746 2747 void *InsertPos = 0; 2748 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2749 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2750 return QualType(FT, 0); 2751 2752 QualType Canonical; 2753 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2754 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2755 Canonical = 2756 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2757 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2758 2759 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2760 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2761 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2762 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2763 } 2764 2765 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2766 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2767 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2768 Types.push_back(New); 2769 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2770 return QualType(New, 0); 2771} 2772 2773/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2774static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2775 return T.isCanonical() && 2776 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2777 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2778} 2779 2780/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2781/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2782QualType 2783ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2784 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2785 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2786 2787 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2788 // structure. 2789 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2790 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2791 *this); 2792 2793 void *InsertPos = 0; 2794 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2795 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2796 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2797 2798 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2799 bool isCanonical = 2800 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2801 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2802 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2803 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2804 isCanonical = false; 2805 2806 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2807 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2808 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2809 2810 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2811 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2812 QualType Canonical; 2813 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2814 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2815 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2816 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2817 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2818 2819 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2820 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2821 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2822 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2823 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2824 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2825 2826 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2827 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2828 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2829 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2830 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2831 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2832 } 2833 2834 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2835 2836 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2837 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2838 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2839 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2840 } 2841 2842 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2843 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2844 // - parameter types 2845 // - exception types 2846 // - consumed-arguments flags 2847 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2848 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2849 // specification. 2850 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2851 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2852 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2853 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2854 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2855 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2856 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2857 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2858 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2859 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2860 } 2861 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2862 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2863 2864 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2865 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2866 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2867 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2868 Types.push_back(FTP); 2869 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2870 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2871} 2872 2873#ifndef NDEBUG 2874static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2875 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2876 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2877 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2878 return true; 2879 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2880 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2881 return true; 2882 return false; 2883} 2884#endif 2885 2886/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2887/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2888QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2889 QualType TST) const { 2890 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2891 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2892 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2893 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2894 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2895 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2896 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2897 } else { 2898 Type *newType = 2899 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2900 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2901 Types.push_back(newType); 2902 } 2903 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2904} 2905 2906/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2907/// specified type declaration. 2908QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2909 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2910 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2911 2912 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2913 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2914 2915 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2916 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2917 2918 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2919 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2920 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2921 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2922 return getRecordType(Record); 2923 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2924 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2925 "enum has previous declaration"); 2926 return getEnumType(Enum); 2927 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2928 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2929 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2930 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2931 Types.push_back(newType); 2932 } else 2933 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2934 2935 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2936} 2937 2938/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2939/// specified typedef name decl. 2940QualType 2941ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2942 QualType Canonical) const { 2943 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2944 2945 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2946 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2947 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2948 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2949 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2950 Types.push_back(newType); 2951 return QualType(newType, 0); 2952} 2953 2954QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2955 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2956 2957 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2958 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2959 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2960 2961 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2962 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2963 Types.push_back(newType); 2964 return QualType(newType, 0); 2965} 2966 2967QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2968 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2969 2970 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2971 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2972 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2973 2974 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2975 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2976 Types.push_back(newType); 2977 return QualType(newType, 0); 2978} 2979 2980QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2981 QualType modifiedType, 2982 QualType equivalentType) { 2983 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2984 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2985 2986 void *insertPos = 0; 2987 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2988 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2989 2990 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2991 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2992 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2993 2994 Types.push_back(type); 2995 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2996 2997 return QualType(type, 0); 2998} 2999 3000 3001/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 3002QualType 3003ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3004 QualType Replacement) const { 3005 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 3006 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 3007 3008 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3009 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 3010 void *InsertPos = 0; 3011 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 3012 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3013 3014 if (!SubstParm) { 3015 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3016 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 3017 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3018 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3019 } 3020 3021 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3022} 3023 3024/// \brief Retrieve a 3025QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 3026 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3027 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 3028#ifndef NDEBUG 3029 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 3030 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 3031 P != PEnd; ++P) { 3032 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 3033 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 3034 } 3035#endif 3036 3037 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3038 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 3039 void *InsertPos = 0; 3040 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3041 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3042 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3043 3044 QualType Canon; 3045 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 3046 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 3047 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3048 ArgPack); 3049 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3050 } 3051 3052 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3053 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3054 ArgPack); 3055 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3056 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3057 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3058} 3059 3060/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3061/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3062/// name. 3063QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3064 bool ParameterPack, 3065 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3066 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3067 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3068 void *InsertPos = 0; 3069 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3070 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3071 3072 if (TypeParm) 3073 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3074 3075 if (TTPDecl) { 3076 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3077 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3078 3079 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3080 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3081 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3082 (void)TypeCheck; 3083 } else 3084 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3085 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3086 3087 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3088 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3089 3090 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3091} 3092 3093TypeSourceInfo * 3094ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3095 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3096 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3097 QualType Underlying) const { 3098 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3099 "No dependent template names here!"); 3100 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3101 3102 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3103 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3104 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3105 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3106 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3107 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3108 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3109 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3110 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3111 return DI; 3112} 3113 3114QualType 3115ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3116 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3117 QualType Underlying) const { 3118 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3119 "No dependent template names here!"); 3120 3121 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3122 3123 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3124 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3125 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3126 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3127 3128 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3129 Underlying); 3130} 3131 3132#ifndef NDEBUG 3133static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3134 unsigned NumArgs) { 3135 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3136 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3137 return true; 3138 3139 return true; 3140} 3141#endif 3142 3143QualType 3144ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3145 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3146 unsigned NumArgs, 3147 QualType Underlying) const { 3148 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3149 "No dependent template names here!"); 3150 // Look through qualified template names. 3151 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3152 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3153 3154 bool IsTypeAlias = 3155 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3156 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3157 QualType CanonType; 3158 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3159 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3160 else { 3161 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3162 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3163 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3164 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3165 IsTypeAlias = false; 3166 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3167 NumArgs); 3168 } 3169 3170 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3171 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3172 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3173 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3174 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3175 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3176 TypeAlignment); 3177 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3178 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3179 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3180 3181 Types.push_back(Spec); 3182 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3183} 3184 3185QualType 3186ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3187 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3188 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3189 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3190 "No dependent template names here!"); 3191 3192 // Look through qualified template names. 3193 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3194 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3195 3196 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3197 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3198 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3199 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3200 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3201 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3202 3203 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3204 // exists. 3205 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3206 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3207 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3208 3209 void *InsertPos = 0; 3210 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3211 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3212 3213 if (!Spec) { 3214 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3215 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3216 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3217 TypeAlignment); 3218 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3219 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3220 QualType(), QualType()); 3221 Types.push_back(Spec); 3222 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3223 } 3224 3225 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3226 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3227 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3228} 3229 3230QualType 3231ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3232 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3233 QualType NamedType) const { 3234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3235 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3236 3237 void *InsertPos = 0; 3238 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3239 if (T) 3240 return QualType(T, 0); 3241 3242 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3243 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3244 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3245 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3246 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3247 (void)CheckT; 3248 } 3249 3250 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3251 Types.push_back(T); 3252 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3253 return QualType(T, 0); 3254} 3255 3256QualType 3257ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3258 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3259 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3260 3261 void *InsertPos = 0; 3262 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3263 if (T) 3264 return QualType(T, 0); 3265 3266 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3267 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3268 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3269 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3270 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3271 (void)CheckT; 3272 } 3273 3274 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3275 Types.push_back(T); 3276 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3277 return QualType(T, 0); 3278} 3279 3280QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3281 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3282 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3283 QualType Canon) const { 3284 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3285 3286 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3287 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3288 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3289 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3290 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3291 3292 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3293 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3294 } 3295 3296 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3297 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3298 3299 void *InsertPos = 0; 3300 DependentNameType *T 3301 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3302 if (T) 3303 return QualType(T, 0); 3304 3305 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3306 Types.push_back(T); 3307 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3308 return QualType(T, 0); 3309} 3310 3311QualType 3312ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3313 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3314 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3315 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3316 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3317 // TODO: avoid this copy 3318 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3319 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3320 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3321 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3322 ArgCopy.size(), 3323 ArgCopy.data()); 3324} 3325 3326QualType 3327ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3328 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3329 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3330 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3331 unsigned NumArgs, 3332 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3333 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3334 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3335 3336 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3337 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3338 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3339 3340 void *InsertPos = 0; 3341 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3342 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3343 if (T) 3344 return QualType(T, 0); 3345 3346 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3347 3348 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3349 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3350 3351 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3352 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3353 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3354 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3355 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3356 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3357 } 3358 3359 QualType Canon; 3360 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3361 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3362 Name, NumArgs, 3363 CanonArgs.data()); 3364 3365 // Find the insert position again. 3366 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3367 } 3368 3369 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3370 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3371 TypeAlignment); 3372 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3373 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3374 Types.push_back(T); 3375 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3376 return QualType(T, 0); 3377} 3378 3379QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3380 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3381 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3382 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3383 3384 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3385 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3386 void *InsertPos = 0; 3387 PackExpansionType *T 3388 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3389 if (T) 3390 return QualType(T, 0); 3391 3392 QualType Canon; 3393 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3394 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3395 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3396 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3397 // parameters. 3398 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3399 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3400 3401 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3402 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3403 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3404 } 3405 } 3406 3407 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3408 Types.push_back(T); 3409 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3410 return QualType(T, 0); 3411} 3412 3413/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3414/// alphabetically. 3415static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3416 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3417 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3418} 3419 3420static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3421 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3422 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3423 3424 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3425 return false; 3426 3427 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3428 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3429 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3430 return false; 3431 return true; 3432} 3433 3434static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3435 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3436 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3437 3438 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3439 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3440 3441 // Canonicalize. 3442 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3443 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3444 3445 // Remove duplicates. 3446 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3447 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3448} 3449 3450QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3451 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3452 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3453 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3454 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3455 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3456 return BaseType; 3457 3458 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3459 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3460 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3461 void *InsertPos = 0; 3462 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3463 return QualType(QT, 0); 3464 3465 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3466 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3467 QualType Canonical; 3468 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3469 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3470 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3471 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3472 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3473 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3474 3475 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3476 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3477 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3478 } else { 3479 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3480 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3481 } 3482 3483 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3484 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3485 } 3486 3487 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3488 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3489 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3490 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3491 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3492 3493 Types.push_back(T); 3494 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3495 return QualType(T, 0); 3496} 3497 3498/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3499/// the given object type. 3500QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3501 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3502 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3503 3504 void *InsertPos = 0; 3505 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3506 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3507 return QualType(QT, 0); 3508 3509 // Find the canonical object type. 3510 QualType Canonical; 3511 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3512 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3513 3514 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3515 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3516 } 3517 3518 // No match. 3519 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3520 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3521 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3522 3523 Types.push_back(QType); 3524 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3525 return QualType(QType, 0); 3526} 3527 3528/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3529/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3530QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3531 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3532 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3533 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3534 3535 if (PrevDecl) { 3536 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3537 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3538 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3539 } 3540 3541 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3542 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3543 Decl = Def; 3544 3545 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3546 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3547 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3548 Types.push_back(T); 3549 return QualType(T, 0); 3550} 3551 3552/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3553/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3554/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3555/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3556/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3557QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3558 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3559 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3560 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3561 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3562 3563 void *InsertPos = 0; 3564 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3565 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3566 if (Canon) { 3567 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3568 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3569 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3570 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3571 } else { 3572 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3573 Canon 3574 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3575 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3576 toe = Canon; 3577 } 3578 } else { 3579 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3580 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3581 } 3582 Types.push_back(toe); 3583 return QualType(toe, 0); 3584} 3585 3586/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3587/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3588/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3589/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3590/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3591QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3592 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3593 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3594 Types.push_back(tot); 3595 return QualType(tot, 0); 3596} 3597 3598 3599/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3600/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3601/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3602/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3603/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3604QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3605 DecltypeType *dt; 3606 3607 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3608 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3609 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3610 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3611 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3612 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3613 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3614 3615 void *InsertPos = 0; 3616 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3617 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3618 if (Canon) { 3619 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3620 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3621 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3622 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3623 } else { 3624 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3625 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3626 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3627 dt = Canon; 3628 } 3629 } else { 3630 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3631 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3632 } 3633 Types.push_back(dt); 3634 return QualType(dt, 0); 3635} 3636 3637/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3638/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3639QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3640 QualType UnderlyingType, 3641 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3642 const { 3643 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3644 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3645 Kind, 3646 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3647 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3648 Types.push_back(Ty); 3649 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3650} 3651 3652/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3653/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3654/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3655QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3656 bool IsDependent) const { 3657 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3658 return getAutoDeductType(); 3659 3660 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3661 void *InsertPos = 0; 3662 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3663 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3664 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3665 return QualType(AT, 0); 3666 3667 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3668 IsDecltypeAuto, 3669 IsDependent); 3670 Types.push_back(AT); 3671 if (InsertPos) 3672 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3673 return QualType(AT, 0); 3674} 3675 3676/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3677/// the given value type. 3678QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3679 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3680 // structure. 3681 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3682 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3683 3684 void *InsertPos = 0; 3685 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3686 return QualType(AT, 0); 3687 3688 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3689 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3690 QualType Canonical; 3691 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3692 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3693 3694 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3695 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3696 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3697 } 3698 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3699 Types.push_back(New); 3700 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3701 return QualType(New, 0); 3702} 3703 3704/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3705QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3706 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3707 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3708 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3709 /*dependent*/false), 3710 0); 3711 return AutoDeductTy; 3712} 3713 3714/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3715QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3716 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3717 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3718 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3719 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3720} 3721 3722/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3723/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3724QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3725 assert (Decl); 3726 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3727 // away const? mutable? 3728 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3729} 3730 3731/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3732/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3733/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3734CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3735 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3736} 3737 3738/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3739CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3740 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3741} 3742 3743/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3744CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3745 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3746} 3747 3748/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3749/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3750QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3751 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3752 return WCharTy; 3753} 3754 3755/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3756/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3757QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3758 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3759 return UnsignedIntTy; 3760} 3761 3762QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3763 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3764} 3765 3766QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3767 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3768} 3769 3770/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3771/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3772QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3773 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3774} 3775 3776/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3777/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3778QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3779 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3780} 3781 3782//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3783// Type Operators 3784//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3785 3786CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3787 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3788 // qualifiers. 3789 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3790 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3791 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3792 QualType Result; 3793 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3794 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3795 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3796 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3797 } else { 3798 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3799 } 3800 3801 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3802} 3803 3804QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3805 Qualifiers &quals) { 3806 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3807 3808 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3809 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3810 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3811 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3812 const ArrayType *AT = 3813 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3814 3815 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3816 if (!AT) { 3817 quals = splitType.Quals; 3818 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3819 } 3820 3821 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3822 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3823 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3824 3825 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3826 // can just use the results in splitType. 3827 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3828 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3829 quals = splitType.Quals; 3830 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3831 } 3832 3833 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3834 // build the type back up. 3835 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3836 3837 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3838 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3839 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3840 } 3841 3842 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3843 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3844 } 3845 3846 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3847 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3848 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3849 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3850 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3851 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3852 } 3853 3854 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3855 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3856 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3857 SourceRange()); 3858} 3859 3860/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3861/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3862/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3863/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3864/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3865/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3866/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3867/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3868bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3869 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3870 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3871 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3872 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3873 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3874 return true; 3875 } 3876 3877 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3878 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3879 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3880 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3881 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3882 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3883 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3884 return true; 3885 } 3886 3887 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3888 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3889 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3890 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3891 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3892 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3893 return true; 3894 } 3895 } 3896 3897 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3898 3899 return false; 3900} 3901 3902DeclarationNameInfo 3903ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3904 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3905 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3906 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3907 case TemplateName::Template: 3908 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3909 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3910 NameLoc); 3911 3912 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3913 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3914 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3915 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3916 } 3917 3918 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3919 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3920 DeclarationName DName; 3921 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3922 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3923 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3924 } else { 3925 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3926 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3927 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3928 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3929 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3930 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3931 } 3932 } 3933 3934 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3935 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3936 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3937 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3938 NameLoc); 3939 } 3940 3941 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3942 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3943 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3944 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3945 NameLoc); 3946 } 3947 } 3948 3949 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3950} 3951 3952TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3953 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3954 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3955 case TemplateName::Template: { 3956 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3957 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3958 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3959 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3960 3961 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3962 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3963 } 3964 3965 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3966 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3967 3968 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3969 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3970 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3971 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3972 } 3973 3974 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3975 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3976 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3977 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3978 } 3979 3980 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3981 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3982 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3983 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3984 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3985 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3986 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3987 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3988 } 3989 } 3990 3991 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3992} 3993 3994bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3995 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3996 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3997 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3998} 3999 4000TemplateArgument 4001ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 4002 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 4003 case TemplateArgument::Null: 4004 return Arg; 4005 4006 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 4007 return Arg; 4008 4009 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 4010 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 4011 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 4012 } 4013 4014 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 4015 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 4016 /*isNullPtr*/true); 4017 4018 case TemplateArgument::Template: 4019 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 4020 4021 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 4022 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 4023 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 4024 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 4025 4026 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 4027 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 4028 4029 case TemplateArgument::Type: 4030 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 4031 4032 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 4033 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 4034 return Arg; 4035 4036 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 4037 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 4038 unsigned Idx = 0; 4039 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 4040 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 4041 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 4042 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 4043 4044 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 4045 } 4046 } 4047 4048 // Silence GCC warning 4049 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4050} 4051 4052NestedNameSpecifier * 4053ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4054 if (!NNS) 4055 return 0; 4056 4057 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4058 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4059 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4060 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4061 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4062 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4063 4064 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4065 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4066 // this namespace and no prefix. 4067 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4068 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4069 4070 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4071 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4072 // this namespace and no prefix. 4073 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4074 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4075 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4076 4077 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4078 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4079 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4080 4081 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4082 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4083 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4084 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4085 // types, e.g., 4086 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4087 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4088 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4089 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4090 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4091 4092 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4093 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4094 // first place? 4095 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4096 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4097 } 4098 4099 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4100 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4101 return NNS; 4102 } 4103 4104 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4105} 4106 4107 4108const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4109 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4110 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4111 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4112 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4113 return AT; 4114 } 4115 4116 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4117 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4118 return 0; 4119 4120 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4121 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4122 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4123 4124 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4125 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4126 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4127 4128 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4129 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4130 4131 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4132 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4133 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4134 return ATy; 4135 4136 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4137 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4138 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4139 4140 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4141 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4142 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4143 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4144 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4145 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4146 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4147 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4148 4149 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4150 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4151 return cast<ArrayType>( 4152 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4153 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4154 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4155 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4156 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4157 4158 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4159 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4160 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4161 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4162 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4163 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4164} 4165 4166QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4167 if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4168 return getDecayedType(T); 4169 return T; 4170} 4171 4172QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4173 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4174 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4175 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4176} 4177 4178/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4179/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4180/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4181/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4182/// 4183/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4184QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4185 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4186 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4187 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4188 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4189 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4190 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4191 4192 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4193 4194 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4195 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4196} 4197 4198QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4199 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4200} 4201 4202QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4203 Qualifiers qs; 4204 while (true) { 4205 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4206 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4207 if (!array) break; 4208 4209 type = array->getElementType(); 4210 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4211 } 4212 4213 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4214} 4215 4216/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4217uint64_t 4218ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4219 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4220 do { 4221 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4222 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4223 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4224 } while (CA); 4225 return ElementCount; 4226} 4227 4228/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4229/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4230static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4231 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4232 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4233 4234 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4235 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4236 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4237 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4238 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4239 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4240 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4241 } 4242} 4243 4244/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4245/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4246/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4247/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4248QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4249 QualType Domain) const { 4250 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4251 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4252 switch (EltRank) { 4253 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4254 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4255 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4256 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4257 } 4258 } 4259 4260 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4261 switch (EltRank) { 4262 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4263 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4264 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4265 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4266 } 4267 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4268} 4269 4270/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4271/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4272/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4273/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4274int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4275 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4276 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4277 4278 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4279 return 0; 4280 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4281 return 1; 4282 return -1; 4283} 4284 4285/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4286/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4287/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4288unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4289 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4290 4291 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4292 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4293 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4294 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4295 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4296 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4297 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4298 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4299 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4300 case BuiltinType::Short: 4301 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4302 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4303 case BuiltinType::Int: 4304 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4305 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4306 case BuiltinType::Long: 4307 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4308 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4309 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4310 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4311 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4312 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4313 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4314 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4315 } 4316} 4317 4318/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4319/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4320/// 4321/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4322/// promotion occurs. 4323QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4324 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4325 return QualType(); 4326 4327 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4328 if (!Field) 4329 return QualType(); 4330 4331 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4332 4333 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4334 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4335 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4336 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4337 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4338 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4339 return IntTy; 4340 4341 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4342 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4343 4344 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4345 // like the base type. 4346 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4347 // is ridiculous. 4348 return QualType(); 4349} 4350 4351/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4352/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4353/// integer type. 4354QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4355 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4356 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4357 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4358 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4359 4360 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4361 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4362 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4363 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4364 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4365 // unsigned long long int [...] 4366 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4367 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4368 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4369 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4370 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4371 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4372 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4373 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4374 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4375 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4376 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4377 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4378 (FromSize == ToSize && 4379 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4380 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4381 } 4382 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4383 } 4384 } 4385 4386 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4387 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4388 return IntTy; 4389 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4390 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4391 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4392 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4393} 4394 4395/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4396/// type and returns its ownership. 4397Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4398 while (!T.isNull()) { 4399 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4400 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4401 if (T->isArrayType()) 4402 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4403 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4404 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4405 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4406 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4407 else 4408 break; 4409 } 4410 4411 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4412} 4413 4414/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4415/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4416/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4417int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4418 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4419 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4420 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4421 4422 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4423 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4424 4425 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4426 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4427 4428 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4429 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4430 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4431 } 4432 4433 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4434 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4435 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4436 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4437 return 1; 4438 4439 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4440 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4441 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4442 return -1; 4443 } 4444 4445 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4446 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4447 return -1; 4448 4449 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4450 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4451 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4452 return 1; 4453} 4454 4455static RecordDecl * 4456CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4457 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4458 SourceLocation Loc; 4459 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4460 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4461 else 4462 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4463} 4464 4465// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4466QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4467 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4468 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4469 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4470 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4471 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4472 4473 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4474 4475 // const int *isa; 4476 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4477 // int flags; 4478 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4479 // const char *str; 4480 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4481 // long length; 4482 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4483 4484 // Create fields 4485 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4486 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4487 SourceLocation(), 4488 SourceLocation(), 0, 4489 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4490 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4491 /*Mutable=*/false, 4492 ICIS_NoInit); 4493 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4494 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4495 } 4496 4497 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4498 } 4499 4500 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4501} 4502 4503QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4504 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4505 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4506 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4507 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4508 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4509 } 4510 return ObjCSuperType; 4511} 4512 4513void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4514 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4515 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4516 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4517} 4518 4519QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4520 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4521 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4522 4523 RecordDecl *T; 4524 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4525 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4526 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4527 T->startDefinition(); 4528 4529 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4530 UnsignedLongTy, 4531 UnsignedLongTy, 4532 }; 4533 4534 static const char *const FieldNames[] = { 4535 "reserved", 4536 "Size" 4537 }; 4538 4539 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4540 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4541 SourceLocation(), 4542 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4543 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4544 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4545 /*Mutable=*/false, 4546 ICIS_NoInit); 4547 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4548 T->addDecl(Field); 4549 } 4550 4551 T->completeDefinition(); 4552 4553 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4554 4555 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4556} 4557 4558QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4559 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4560 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4561 4562 RecordDecl *T; 4563 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4564 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4565 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4566 T->startDefinition(); 4567 4568 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4569 UnsignedLongTy, 4570 UnsignedLongTy, 4571 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4572 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4573 }; 4574 4575 static const char *const FieldNames[] = { 4576 "reserved", 4577 "Size", 4578 "CopyFuncPtr", 4579 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4580 }; 4581 4582 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4583 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4584 SourceLocation(), 4585 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4586 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4587 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4588 /*Mutable=*/false, 4589 ICIS_NoInit); 4590 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4591 T->addDecl(Field); 4592 } 4593 4594 T->completeDefinition(); 4595 4596 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4597 4598 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4599} 4600 4601/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4602/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4603/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4604bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4605 const VarDecl *D) { 4606 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4607 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4608 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4609 4610 return true; 4611 } 4612 4613 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4614 4615 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4616 4617 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4618 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4619 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4620 4621 switch (lifetime) { 4622 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4623 4624 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4625 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4626 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4627 return false; 4628 4629 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4630 // byref routines. 4631 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4632 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4633 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4634 return true; 4635 } 4636 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4637 } 4638 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4639 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4640} 4641 4642bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4643 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4644 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4645 4646 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4647 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4648 return false; 4649 4650 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4651 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4652 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4653 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4654 } 4655 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4656 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4657 // MRR. 4658 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4659 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4660 else 4661 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4662 return true; 4663} 4664 4665TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4666 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4667 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4668 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4669 SourceLocation(), 4670 SourceLocation(), 4671 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4672 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4673 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4674} 4675 4676// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4677// typedef <type> BOOL; 4678static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4679 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4680 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4681 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4682 4683 return false; 4684} 4685 4686/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4687/// purpose. 4688CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4689 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4690 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4691 4692 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4693 4694 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4695 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4696 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4697 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4698 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4699 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4700 return sz; 4701} 4702 4703static inline 4704std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4705 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4706} 4707 4708/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4709/// declaration. 4710std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4711 std::string S; 4712 4713 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4714 QualType BlockTy = 4715 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4716 // Encode result type. 4717 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4718 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4719 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4720 S, true /*Extended*/); 4721 else 4722 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4723 S); 4724 // Compute size of all parameters. 4725 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4726 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4727 SourceLocation Loc; 4728 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4729 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4730 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4731 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4732 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4733 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4734 if (sz.isZero()) 4735 continue; 4736 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4737 ParmOffset += sz; 4738 } 4739 // Size of the argument frame 4740 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4741 // Block pointer and offset. 4742 S += "@?0"; 4743 4744 // Argument types. 4745 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4746 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4747 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4748 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4749 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4750 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4751 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4752 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4753 // elements. 4754 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4755 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4756 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4757 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4758 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4759 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4760 S, true /*Extended*/); 4761 else 4762 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4763 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4764 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4765 } 4766 4767 return S; 4768} 4769 4770bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4771 std::string& S) { 4772 // Encode result type. 4773 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4774 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4775 // Compute size of all parameters. 4776 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4777 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4778 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4779 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4780 if (sz.isZero()) 4781 continue; 4782 4783 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4784 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4785 ParmOffset += sz; 4786 } 4787 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4788 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4789 4790 // Argument types. 4791 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4792 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4793 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4794 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4795 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4796 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4797 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4798 // elements. 4799 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4800 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4801 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4802 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4803 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4804 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4805 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4806 } 4807 4808 return false; 4809} 4810 4811/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4812/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4813/// block object types. 4814void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4815 QualType T, std::string& S, 4816 bool Extended) const { 4817 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4818 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4819 // Encode parameter type. 4820 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4821 true /*OutermostType*/, 4822 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4823 false /*StructField*/, 4824 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4825 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4826} 4827 4828/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4829/// declaration. 4830bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4831 std::string& S, 4832 bool Extended) const { 4833 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4834 // Encode return type. 4835 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4836 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4837 // Compute size of all parameters. 4838 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4839 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4840 SourceLocation Loc; 4841 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4842 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4843 // their size. 4844 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4845 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4846 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4847 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4848 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4849 if (sz.isZero()) 4850 continue; 4851 4852 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4853 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4854 ParmOffset += sz; 4855 } 4856 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4857 S += "@0:"; 4858 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4859 4860 // Argument types. 4861 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4862 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4863 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4864 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4865 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4866 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4867 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4868 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4869 // elements. 4870 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4871 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4872 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4873 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4874 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4875 PType, S, Extended); 4876 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4877 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4878 } 4879 4880 return false; 4881} 4882 4883/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4884/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4885/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4886/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4887/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4888/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4889/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4890/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4891/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4892/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4893/// @code 4894/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4895/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4896/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4897/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4898/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4899/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4900/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4901/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4902/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4903/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4904/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4905/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4906/// }; 4907/// @endcode 4908void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4909 const Decl *Container, 4910 std::string& S) const { 4911 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4912 bool Dynamic = false; 4913 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4914 4915 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4916 if (Container) { 4917 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4918 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4919 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4920 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4921 i != e; ++i) { 4922 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4923 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4924 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4925 Dynamic = true; 4926 } else { 4927 SynthesizePID = PID; 4928 } 4929 } 4930 } 4931 } else { 4932 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4933 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4934 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4935 i != e; ++i) { 4936 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4937 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4938 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4939 Dynamic = true; 4940 } else { 4941 SynthesizePID = PID; 4942 } 4943 } 4944 } 4945 } 4946 } 4947 4948 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4949 S = "T"; 4950 4951 // Encode result type. 4952 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4953 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4954 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4955 true /* outermost type */, 4956 true /* encoding for property */); 4957 4958 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4959 S += ",R"; 4960 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4961 S += ",C"; 4962 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4963 S += ",&"; 4964 } else { 4965 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4966 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4967 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4968 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4969 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4970 } 4971 } 4972 4973 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4974 // are "dynamic by default". 4975 if (Dynamic) 4976 S += ",D"; 4977 4978 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4979 S += ",N"; 4980 4981 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4982 S += ",G"; 4983 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4984 } 4985 4986 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4987 S += ",S"; 4988 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4989 } 4990 4991 if (SynthesizePID) { 4992 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4993 S += ",V"; 4994 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4995 } 4996 4997 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4998} 4999 5000/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 5001/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 5002/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 5003/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 5004/// 5005void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 5006 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 5007 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 5008 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5009 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 5010 else 5011 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5012 PointeeTy = IntTy; 5013 } 5014 } 5015} 5016 5017void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 5018 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 5019 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 5020 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 5021 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 5022 // same type. 5023 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 5024 true /* outermost type */); 5025} 5026 5027static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 5028 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 5029 switch (kind) { 5030 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 5031 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 5032 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 5033 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 5034 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5035 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5036 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5037 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5038 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5039 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5040 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5041 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5042 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5043 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5044 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5045 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5046 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5047 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5048 case BuiltinType::Long: 5049 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5050 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5051 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5052 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5053 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5054 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5055 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5056 5057 case BuiltinType::Half: 5058 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5059 return ' '; 5060 5061 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5062 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5063 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5064 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5065 5066 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5067 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5068 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5069 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5070 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5071 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5072 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5073 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5074 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5075 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5076#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5077#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5078 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5079#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5080 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5081 } 5082 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5083} 5084 5085static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5086 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5087 5088 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5089 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5090 return 'i'; 5091 5092 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5093 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5094 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5095} 5096 5097static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5098 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5099 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5100 S += 'b'; 5101 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5102 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5103 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5104 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5105 // 5106 // struct 5107 // { 5108 // int integer; 5109 // int flags:2; 5110 // }; 5111 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5112 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5113 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5114 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5115 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5116 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5117 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5118 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5119 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5120 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5121 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5122 else { 5123 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5124 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5125 } 5126 } 5127 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5128} 5129 5130// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5131void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5132 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5133 bool ExpandStructures, 5134 const FieldDecl *FD, 5135 bool OutermostType, 5136 bool EncodingProperty, 5137 bool StructField, 5138 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5139 bool EncodeClassNames, 5140 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5141 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5142 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5143 case Type::Builtin: 5144 case Type::Enum: 5145 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5146 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5147 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5148 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5149 else 5150 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5151 return; 5152 5153 case Type::Complex: { 5154 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5155 S += 'j'; 5156 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5157 false); 5158 return; 5159 } 5160 5161 case Type::Atomic: { 5162 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5163 S += 'A'; 5164 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5165 false, false); 5166 return; 5167 } 5168 5169 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5170 case Type::Pointer: 5171 case Type::LValueReference: 5172 case Type::RValueReference: { 5173 QualType PointeeTy; 5174 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5175 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5176 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5177 S += ':'; 5178 return; 5179 } 5180 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5181 } else { 5182 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5183 } 5184 5185 bool isReadOnly = false; 5186 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5187 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5188 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5189 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5190 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5191 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5192 isReadOnly = true; 5193 S += 'r'; 5194 } 5195 } else if (OutermostType) { 5196 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5197 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5198 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5199 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5200 isReadOnly = true; 5201 S += 'r'; 5202 } 5203 } 5204 if (isReadOnly) { 5205 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5206 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5207 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5208 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5209 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5210 } 5211 5212 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5213 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5214 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5215 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5216 S += '*'; 5217 return; 5218 } 5219 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5220 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5221 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5222 S += '#'; 5223 return; 5224 } 5225 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5226 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5227 S += '@'; 5228 return; 5229 } 5230 // fall through... 5231 } 5232 S += '^'; 5233 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5234 5235 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5236 NULL); 5237 return; 5238 } 5239 5240 case Type::ConstantArray: 5241 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5242 case Type::VariableArray: { 5243 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5244 5245 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5246 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5247 S += '^'; 5248 5249 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5250 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5251 } else { 5252 S += '['; 5253 5254 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 5255 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5256 else { 5257 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5258 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5259 "Unknown array type!"); 5260 S += '0'; 5261 } 5262 5263 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5264 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5265 S += ']'; 5266 } 5267 return; 5268 } 5269 5270 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5271 case Type::FunctionProto: 5272 S += '?'; 5273 return; 5274 5275 case Type::Record: { 5276 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5277 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5278 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5279 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5280 S += II->getName(); 5281 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5282 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5283 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5284 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5285 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5286 TemplateArgs.data(), 5287 TemplateArgs.size(), 5288 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5289 } 5290 } else { 5291 S += '?'; 5292 } 5293 if (ExpandStructures) { 5294 S += '='; 5295 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5296 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5297 } else { 5298 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5299 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5300 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5301 if (FD) { 5302 S += '"'; 5303 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5304 S += '"'; 5305 } 5306 5307 // Special case bit-fields. 5308 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5309 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5310 *Field); 5311 } else { 5312 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5313 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5314 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5315 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5316 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5317 /*StructField*/true); 5318 } 5319 } 5320 } 5321 } 5322 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5323 return; 5324 } 5325 5326 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5327 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5328 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5329 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5330 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5331 5332 S += '<'; 5333 // Block return type 5334 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5335 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5336 FD, 5337 false /* OutermostType */, 5338 EncodingProperty, 5339 false /* StructField */, 5340 EncodeBlockParameters, 5341 EncodeClassNames); 5342 // Block self 5343 S += "@?"; 5344 // Block parameters 5345 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5346 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5347 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5348 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5349 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5350 ExpandStructures, 5351 FD, 5352 false /* OutermostType */, 5353 EncodingProperty, 5354 false /* StructField */, 5355 EncodeBlockParameters, 5356 EncodeClassNames); 5357 } 5358 } 5359 S += '>'; 5360 } 5361 return; 5362 } 5363 5364 case Type::ObjCObject: 5365 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5366 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5367 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5368 5369 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5370 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5371 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5372 // @encode(class_name) 5373 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5374 S += '{'; 5375 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5376 S += II->getName(); 5377 S += '='; 5378 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5379 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5380 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5381 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5382 if (Field->isBitField()) 5383 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5384 else 5385 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5386 false, false, false, false, false, 5387 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5388 } 5389 S += '}'; 5390 return; 5391 } 5392 5393 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5394 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5395 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5396 S += '@'; 5397 return; 5398 } 5399 5400 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5401 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5402 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5403 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5404 S += '#'; 5405 return; 5406 } 5407 5408 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5409 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5410 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5411 ExpandStructures, FD); 5412 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5413 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5414 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5415 S += '"'; 5416 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5417 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5418 S += '<'; 5419 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5420 S += '>'; 5421 } 5422 S += '"'; 5423 } 5424 return; 5425 } 5426 5427 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5428 if (!EncodingProperty && 5429 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5430 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5431 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5432 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5433 // {...}; 5434 S += '^'; 5435 if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5436 // Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases. 5437 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl(); 5438 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5439 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5440 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5441 if (cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]) == FD) { 5442 S += '{'; 5443 S += OI->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5444 S += '}'; 5445 return; 5446 } 5447 } 5448 } 5449 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5450 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5451 NULL, 5452 false, false, false, false, false, 5453 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5454 return; 5455 } 5456 5457 S += '@'; 5458 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5459 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5460 S += '"'; 5461 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5462 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5463 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5464 S += '<'; 5465 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5466 S += '>'; 5467 } 5468 S += '"'; 5469 } 5470 return; 5471 } 5472 5473 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5474 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5475 case Type::MemberPointer: 5476 return; 5477 5478 case Type::Vector: 5479 case Type::ExtVector: 5480 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5481 // insufficient. 5482 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5483 return; 5484 5485 case Type::Auto: 5486 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5487 // Just ignore it. 5488 return; 5489 5490#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5491#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5492#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5493 case Type::KIND: 5494#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5495 case Type::KIND: 5496#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5497 case Type::KIND: 5498#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5499 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5500 } 5501 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5502} 5503 5504void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5505 std::string &S, 5506 const FieldDecl *FD, 5507 bool includeVBases) const { 5508 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5509 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5510 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5511 return; 5512 5513 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5514 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5515 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5516 5517 if (CXXRec) { 5518 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5519 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5520 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5521 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5522 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5523 if (base->isEmpty()) 5524 continue; 5525 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5526 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5527 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5528 } 5529 } 5530 } 5531 5532 unsigned i = 0; 5533 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5534 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5535 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5536 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5537 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5538 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5539 } 5540 5541 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5542 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5543 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5544 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5545 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5546 if (base->isEmpty()) 5547 continue; 5548 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5549 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5550 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5551 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5552 } 5553 } 5554 5555 CharUnits size; 5556 if (CXXRec) { 5557 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5558 } else { 5559 size = layout.getSize(); 5560 } 5561 5562 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5563 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5564 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5565 5566 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5567 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5568 if (FD) { 5569 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5570 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5571 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5572 S += recname; 5573 S += '"'; 5574 } 5575 S += "^^?"; 5576 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5577 } 5578 5579 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5580 // Mark the end of the structure. 5581 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5582 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5583 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5584 } 5585 5586 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5587 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5588 5589 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5590 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5591 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5592 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5593 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5594 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5595 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5596 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5597 // longer then though. 5598 CurOffs += padding; 5599 } 5600 5601 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5602 if (dcl == 0) 5603 break; // reached end of structure. 5604 5605 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5606 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5607 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5608 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5609 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5610 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5611 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5612 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5613 } else { 5614 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5615 if (FD) { 5616 S += '"'; 5617 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5618 S += '"'; 5619 } 5620 5621 if (field->isBitField()) { 5622 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5623 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5624 } else { 5625 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5626 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5627 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5628 /*OutermostType*/false, 5629 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5630 /*StructField*/true); 5631 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5632 } 5633 } 5634 } 5635} 5636 5637void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5638 std::string& S) const { 5639 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5640 S += 'n'; 5641 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5642 S += 'N'; 5643 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5644 S += 'o'; 5645 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5646 S += 'O'; 5647 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5648 S += 'R'; 5649 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5650 S += 'V'; 5651} 5652 5653TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5654 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5655 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5656 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5657 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5658 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5659 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5660 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5661 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5662 } 5663 5664 return ObjCIdDecl; 5665} 5666 5667TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5668 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5669 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5670 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5671 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5672 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5673 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5674 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5675 } 5676 return ObjCSelDecl; 5677} 5678 5679TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5680 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5681 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5682 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5683 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5684 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5685 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5686 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5687 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5688 } 5689 5690 return ObjCClassDecl; 5691} 5692 5693ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5694 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5695 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5696 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5697 SourceLocation(), 5698 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5699 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5700 SourceLocation(), true); 5701 } 5702 5703 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5704} 5705 5706//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5707// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5708//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5709 5710static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5711 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5712 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5713 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5714 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5715 5716 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5717 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5718 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5719 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5720 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5721 TInfo); 5722 return VaListTypeDecl; 5723} 5724 5725static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5726 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5727 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5728 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5729 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5730 5731 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5732 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5733 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5734 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5735 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5736 TInfo); 5737 return VaListTypeDecl; 5738} 5739 5740static TypedefDecl * 5741CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5742 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5743 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5744 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5745 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5746 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5747 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5748 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5749 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5750 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5751 5752 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5753 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5754 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5755 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5756 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5757 } else { 5758 // struct __va_list 5759 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5760 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5761 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5762 } 5763 5764 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5765 5766 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5767 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5768 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5769 5770 // void *__stack; 5771 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5772 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5773 5774 // void *__gr_top; 5775 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5776 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5777 5778 // void *__vr_top; 5779 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5780 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5781 5782 // int __gr_offs; 5783 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5784 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5785 5786 // int __vr_offs; 5787 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5788 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5789 5790 // Create fields 5791 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5792 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5793 VaListTagDecl, 5794 SourceLocation(), 5795 SourceLocation(), 5796 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5797 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5798 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5799 /*Mutable=*/false, 5800 ICIS_NoInit); 5801 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5802 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5803 } 5804 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5805 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5806 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5807 5808 // } __builtin_va_list; 5809 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5810 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5811 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5812 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5813 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5814 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5815 5816 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5817} 5818 5819static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5820 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5821 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5822 5823 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5824 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5825 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5826 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5827 5828 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5829 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5830 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5831 5832 // unsigned char gpr; 5833 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5834 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5835 5836 // unsigned char fpr; 5837 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5838 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5839 5840 // unsigned short reserved; 5841 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5842 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5843 5844 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5845 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5846 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5847 5848 // void* reg_save_area; 5849 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5850 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5851 5852 // Create fields 5853 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5854 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5855 SourceLocation(), 5856 SourceLocation(), 5857 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5858 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5859 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5860 /*Mutable=*/false, 5861 ICIS_NoInit); 5862 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5863 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5864 } 5865 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5866 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5867 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5868 5869 // } __va_list_tag; 5870 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5871 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5872 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5873 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5874 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5875 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5876 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5877 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5878 5879 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5880 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5881 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5882 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5883 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5884 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5885 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5886 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5887 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5888 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5889 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5890 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5891 TInfo); 5892 5893 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5894} 5895 5896static TypedefDecl * 5897CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5898 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5899 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5900 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5901 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5902 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5903 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5904 5905 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5906 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5907 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5908 5909 // unsigned gp_offset; 5910 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5911 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5912 5913 // unsigned fp_offset; 5914 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5915 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5916 5917 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5918 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5919 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5920 5921 // void* reg_save_area; 5922 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5923 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5924 5925 // Create fields 5926 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5927 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5928 VaListTagDecl, 5929 SourceLocation(), 5930 SourceLocation(), 5931 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5932 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5933 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5934 /*Mutable=*/false, 5935 ICIS_NoInit); 5936 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5937 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5938 } 5939 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5940 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5941 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5942 5943 // } __va_list_tag; 5944 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5945 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5946 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5947 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5948 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5949 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5950 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5951 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5952 5953 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5954 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5955 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5956 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5957 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5958 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5959 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5960 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5961 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5962 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5963 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5964 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5965 TInfo); 5966 5967 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5968} 5969 5970static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5971 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5972 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5973 QualType IntArrayType 5974 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5975 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5976 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5977 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5978 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5979 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5980 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5981 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5982 5983 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5984} 5985 5986static TypedefDecl * 5987CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5988 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5989 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5990 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5991 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5992 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5993 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5994 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5995 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5996 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5997 5998 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5999 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6000 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6001 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 6002 6003 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 6004 6005 } else { 6006 // struct __va_list { 6007 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6008 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6009 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 6010 } 6011 6012 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 6013 6014 // void * __ap; 6015 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6016 VaListDecl, 6017 SourceLocation(), 6018 SourceLocation(), 6019 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 6020 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 6021 /*TInfo=*/0, 6022 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6023 /*Mutable=*/false, 6024 ICIS_NoInit); 6025 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6026 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 6027 6028 // }; 6029 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 6030 6031 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 6032 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6033 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 6034 6035 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 6036 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6037 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6038 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6039 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6040 TInfo); 6041 6042 return VaListTypeDecl; 6043} 6044 6045static TypedefDecl * 6046CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6047 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6048 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6049 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6050 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6051 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6052 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6053 6054 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6055 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6056 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6057 6058 // long __gpr; 6059 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6060 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6061 6062 // long __fpr; 6063 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6064 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6065 6066 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6067 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6068 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6069 6070 // void *__reg_save_area; 6071 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6072 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6073 6074 // Create fields 6075 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6076 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6077 VaListTagDecl, 6078 SourceLocation(), 6079 SourceLocation(), 6080 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6081 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6082 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6083 /*Mutable=*/false, 6084 ICIS_NoInit); 6085 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6086 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6087 } 6088 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6089 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6090 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6091 6092 // } __va_list_tag; 6093 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6094 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6095 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6096 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6097 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6098 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6099 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6100 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6101 6102 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6103 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6104 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6105 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6106 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6107 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6108 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6109 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6110 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6111 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6112 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6113 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6114 TInfo); 6115 6116 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6117} 6118 6119static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6120 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6121 switch (Kind) { 6122 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6123 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6124 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6125 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6126 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6127 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6128 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6129 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6130 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6131 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6132 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6133 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6134 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6135 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6136 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6137 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6138 } 6139 6140 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6141} 6142 6143TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6144 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6145 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6146 6147 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6148} 6149 6150QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6151 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6152 // declaration. 6153 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6154 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6155 6156 return VaListTagTy; 6157} 6158 6159void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6160 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6161 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6162 6163 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6164} 6165 6166/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6167/// lookup. 6168TemplateName 6169ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6170 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6171 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6172 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6173 6174 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6175 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6176 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6177 6178 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6179 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6180 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6181 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6182 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6183 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6184 *Storage++ = D; 6185 } 6186 6187 return TemplateName(OT); 6188} 6189 6190/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6191/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6192TemplateName 6193ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6194 bool TemplateKeyword, 6195 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6196 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6197 6198 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6199 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6200 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6201 6202 void *InsertPos = 0; 6203 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6204 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6205 if (!QTN) { 6206 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6207 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6208 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6209 } 6210 6211 return TemplateName(QTN); 6212} 6213 6214/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6215/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6216TemplateName 6217ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6218 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6219 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6220 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6221 6222 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6223 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6224 6225 void *InsertPos = 0; 6226 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6227 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6228 6229 if (QTN) 6230 return TemplateName(QTN); 6231 6232 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6233 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6234 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6235 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6236 } else { 6237 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6238 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6239 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6240 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6241 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6242 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6243 (void)CheckQTN; 6244 } 6245 6246 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6247 return TemplateName(QTN); 6248} 6249 6250/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6251/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6252TemplateName 6253ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6254 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6255 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6256 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6257 6258 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6259 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6260 6261 void *InsertPos = 0; 6262 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6263 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6264 6265 if (QTN) 6266 return TemplateName(QTN); 6267 6268 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6269 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6270 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6271 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6272 } else { 6273 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6274 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6275 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6276 6277 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6278 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6279 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6280 (void)CheckQTN; 6281 } 6282 6283 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6284 return TemplateName(QTN); 6285} 6286 6287TemplateName 6288ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6289 TemplateName replacement) const { 6290 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6291 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6292 6293 void *insertPos = 0; 6294 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6295 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6296 6297 if (!subst) { 6298 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6299 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6300 } 6301 6302 return TemplateName(subst); 6303} 6304 6305TemplateName 6306ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6307 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6308 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6309 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6310 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6311 6312 void *InsertPos = 0; 6313 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6314 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6315 6316 if (!Subst) { 6317 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6318 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6319 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6320 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6321 } 6322 6323 return TemplateName(Subst); 6324} 6325 6326/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6327/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6328/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6329CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6330 switch (Type) { 6331 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6332 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6333 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6334 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6335 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6336 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6337 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6338 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6339 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6340 } 6341 6342 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6343} 6344 6345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6346// Type Predicates. 6347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6348 6349/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6350/// garbage collection attribute. 6351/// 6352Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6353 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6354 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6355 6356 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6357 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6358 6359 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6360 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6361 // as __strong. 6362 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6363 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6364 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6365 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6366 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6367 } else { 6368 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6369 // pointer. 6370#ifndef NDEBUG 6371 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6372 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6373 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6374 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6375#endif 6376 } 6377 return GCAttrs; 6378} 6379 6380//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6381// Type Compatibility Testing 6382//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6383 6384/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6385/// compatible. 6386static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6387 const VectorType *RHS) { 6388 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6389 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6390 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6391} 6392 6393bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6394 QualType SecondVec) { 6395 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6396 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6397 6398 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6399 return true; 6400 6401 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6402 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6403 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6404 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6405 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6406 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6407 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6408 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6409 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6410 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6411 return true; 6412 6413 return false; 6414} 6415 6416//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6417// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6418//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6419 6420/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6421/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6422bool 6423ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6424 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6425 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6426 return true; 6427 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6428 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6429 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6430 return true; 6431 return false; 6432} 6433 6434/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6435/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6436bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6437 QualType rhs) { 6438 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6439 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6440 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6441 6442 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6443 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6444 bool match = false; 6445 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6446 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6447 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6448 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6449 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6450 match = true; 6451 break; 6452 } 6453 } 6454 if (!match) 6455 return false; 6456 } 6457 return true; 6458} 6459 6460/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6461/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6462bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6463 bool compare) { 6464 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6465 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6466 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6467 return true; 6468 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6469 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6470 return true; 6471 6472 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6473 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6474 6475 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6476 6477 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6478 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6479 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6480 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6481 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6482 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6483 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6484 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6485 // through its super class and categories. 6486 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6487 return false; 6488 } 6489 } 6490 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6491 return true; 6492 } 6493 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6494 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6495 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6496 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6497 bool match = false; 6498 6499 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6500 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6501 // through its super class and categories. 6502 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6503 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6504 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6505 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6506 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6507 match = true; 6508 break; 6509 } 6510 } 6511 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6512 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6513 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6514 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6515 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6516 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6517 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6518 // through its super class and categories. 6519 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6520 match = true; 6521 break; 6522 } 6523 } 6524 } 6525 if (!match) 6526 return false; 6527 } 6528 6529 return true; 6530 } 6531 6532 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6533 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6534 6535 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6536 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6537 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6538 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6539 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6540 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6541 bool match = false; 6542 6543 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6544 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6545 // through its super class and categories. 6546 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6547 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6548 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6549 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6550 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6551 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6552 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6553 match = true; 6554 break; 6555 } 6556 } 6557 if (!match) 6558 return false; 6559 } 6560 6561 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6562 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6563 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6564 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6565 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6566 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6567 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6568 // assume that it is mismatch. 6569 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6570 return false; 6571 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6572 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6573 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6574 bool match = false; 6575 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6576 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6577 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6578 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6579 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6580 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6581 match = true; 6582 break; 6583 } 6584 } 6585 if (!match) 6586 return false; 6587 } 6588 } 6589 return true; 6590 } 6591 return false; 6592} 6593 6594/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6595/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6596/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6597/// 6598bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6599 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6600 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6601 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6602 6603 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6604 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6605 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6606 return true; 6607 6608 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6609 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6610 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6611 false); 6612 6613 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6614 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6615 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6616 6617 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6618 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6619 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6620 6621 return false; 6622} 6623 6624/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6625/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6626/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6627/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6628/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6629bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6630 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6631 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6632 bool BlockReturnType) { 6633 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6634 return true; 6635 6636 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6637 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6638 } 6639 6640 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6641 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6642 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6643 false); 6644 6645 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6646 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6647 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6648 if (LHS != RHS) { 6649 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6650 return BlockReturnType; 6651 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6652 return !BlockReturnType; 6653 } 6654 else 6655 return true; 6656 } 6657 return false; 6658} 6659 6660/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6661/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6662/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6663/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6664static 6665void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6666 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6667 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6668 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6669 6670 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6671 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6672 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6673 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6674 6675 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6676 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6677 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6678 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6679 else { 6680 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6681 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6682 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6683 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6684 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6685 } 6686 6687 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6688 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6689 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6690 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6691 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6692 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6693 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6694 } else { 6695 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6696 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6697 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6698 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6699 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6700 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6701 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6702 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6703 } 6704} 6705 6706/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6707/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6708/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6709/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6710QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6711 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6712 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6713 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6714 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6715 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6716 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6717 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6718 return QualType(); 6719 6720 do { 6721 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6722 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6723 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6724 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6725 6726 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6727 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6728 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6729 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6730 return Result; 6731 } 6732 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6733 6734 return QualType(); 6735} 6736 6737bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6738 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6739 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6740 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6741 6742 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6743 // the LHS. 6744 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6745 return false; 6746 6747 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6748 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6749 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6750 return true; 6751 6752 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6753 // more detailed analysis is required. 6754 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6755 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6756 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6757 // false otherwise. 6758 bool IsSuperClass = 6759 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6760 if (IsSuperClass) { 6761 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6762 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6763 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6764 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6765 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6766 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6767 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6768 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6769 return false; 6770 6771 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6772 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6773 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6774 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6775 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6776 6777 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6778 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6779 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6780 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6781 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6782 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6783 break; 6784 } 6785 } 6786 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6787 return false; 6788 } 6789 return true; 6790 } 6791 return false; 6792 } 6793 6794 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6795 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6796 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6797 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6798 6799 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6800 // are incompatible. 6801 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6802 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6803 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6804 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6805 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6806 break; 6807 } 6808 } 6809 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6810 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6811 return false; 6812 } 6813 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6814 return true; 6815} 6816 6817bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6818 // get the "pointed to" types 6819 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6820 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6821 6822 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6823 return false; 6824 6825 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6826 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6827} 6828 6829bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6830 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6831 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6832 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6833} 6834 6835/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6836/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6837/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6838/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6839bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6840 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6841 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6842 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6843 6844 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6845} 6846 6847bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6848 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6849} 6850 6851bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6852 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6853} 6854 6855/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6856/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6857/// QualType() 6858QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6859 bool OfBlockPointer, 6860 bool Unqualified) { 6861 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6862 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6863 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6864 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6865 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6866 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6867 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6868 if (!MT.isNull()) 6869 return MT; 6870 } 6871 } 6872 } 6873 6874 return QualType(); 6875} 6876 6877/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6878/// argument types 6879QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6880 bool OfBlockPointer, 6881 bool Unqualified) { 6882 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6883 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6884 // type is compatible with a union member 6885 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6886 Unqualified); 6887 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6888 return lmerge; 6889 6890 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6891 Unqualified); 6892 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6893 return rmerge; 6894 6895 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6896} 6897 6898QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6899 bool OfBlockPointer, 6900 bool Unqualified) { 6901 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6902 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6903 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6904 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6905 bool allLTypes = true; 6906 bool allRTypes = true; 6907 6908 // Check return type 6909 QualType retType; 6910 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6911 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6912 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6913 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6914 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6915 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6916 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6917 } 6918 else 6919 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6920 Unqualified); 6921 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6922 6923 if (Unqualified) 6924 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6925 6926 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6927 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6928 if (Unqualified) { 6929 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6930 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6931 } 6932 6933 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6934 allLTypes = false; 6935 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6936 allRTypes = false; 6937 6938 // FIXME: double check this 6939 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6940 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6941 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6942 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6943 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6944 6945 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6946 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6947 return QualType(); 6948 6949 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6950 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6951 return QualType(); 6952 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6953 return QualType(); 6954 6955 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6956 return QualType(); 6957 6958 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6959 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6960 6961 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6962 allLTypes = false; 6963 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6964 allRTypes = false; 6965 6966 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6967 6968 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6969 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6970 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6971 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6972 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6973 6974 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6975 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6976 return QualType(); 6977 6978 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6979 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6980 return QualType(); 6981 6982 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6983 return QualType(); 6984 6985 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6986 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6987 return QualType(); 6988 6989 // Check argument compatibility 6990 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6991 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6992 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6993 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6994 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6995 OfBlockPointer, 6996 Unqualified); 6997 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6998 6999 if (Unqualified) 7000 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 7001 7002 types.push_back(argtype); 7003 if (Unqualified) { 7004 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 7005 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 7006 } 7007 7008 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 7009 allLTypes = false; 7010 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 7011 allRTypes = false; 7012 } 7013 7014 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7015 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7016 7017 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7018 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7019 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 7020 } 7021 7022 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 7023 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 7024 7025 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 7026 if (proto) { 7027 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7028 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 7029 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 7030 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 7031 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 7032 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 7033 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 7034 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 7035 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 7036 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7037 7038 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7039 // to pass enum values. 7040 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7041 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7042 if (argTy.isNull()) 7043 return QualType(); 7044 } 7045 7046 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7047 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7048 return QualType(); 7049 } 7050 7051 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7052 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7053 7054 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7055 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7056 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7057 } 7058 7059 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7060 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7061 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7062} 7063 7064/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7065static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7066 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7067 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7068 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7069 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7070 // type. 7071 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7072 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7073 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7074 return other; 7075 7076 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7077 // integral type of the same size. 7078 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7079 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7080 return other; 7081 7082 return QualType(); 7083} 7084 7085QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7086 bool OfBlockPointer, 7087 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7088 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7089 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7090 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7091 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7092 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7093 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7094 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7095 7096 if (Unqualified) { 7097 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7098 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7099 } 7100 7101 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7102 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7103 7104 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7105 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7106 return LHS; 7107 7108 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7109 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7110 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7111 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7112 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7113 // mismatch. 7114 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7115 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7116 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7117 return QualType(); 7118 7119 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7120 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7121 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7122 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7123 // qualified __strong. 7124 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7125 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7126 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7127 7128 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7129 return QualType(); 7130 7131 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7132 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7133 } 7134 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7135 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7136 } 7137 return QualType(); 7138 } 7139 7140 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7141 7142 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7143 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7144 7145 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7146 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7147 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7148 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7149 7150 // Same as above for arrays 7151 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7152 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7153 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7154 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7155 7156 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7157 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7158 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7159 7160 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7161 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7162 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7163 7164 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7165 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7166 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7167 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7168 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7169 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7170 } 7171 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7172 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7173 } 7174 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7175 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7176 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7177 return LHS; 7178 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7179 return RHS; 7180 } 7181 7182 return QualType(); 7183 } 7184 7185 // The canonical type classes match. 7186 switch (LHSClass) { 7187#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7188#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7189#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7190#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7191#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7192#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7193 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7194 7195 case Type::Auto: 7196 case Type::LValueReference: 7197 case Type::RValueReference: 7198 case Type::MemberPointer: 7199 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7200 7201 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7202 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7203 case Type::VariableArray: 7204 case Type::FunctionProto: 7205 case Type::ExtVector: 7206 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7207 7208 case Type::Pointer: 7209 { 7210 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7211 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7212 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7213 if (Unqualified) { 7214 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7215 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7216 } 7217 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7218 Unqualified); 7219 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7220 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7221 return LHS; 7222 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7223 return RHS; 7224 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7225 } 7226 case Type::BlockPointer: 7227 { 7228 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7229 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7230 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7231 if (Unqualified) { 7232 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7233 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7234 } 7235 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7236 Unqualified); 7237 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7238 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7239 return LHS; 7240 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7241 return RHS; 7242 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7243 } 7244 case Type::Atomic: 7245 { 7246 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7247 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7248 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7249 if (Unqualified) { 7250 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7251 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7252 } 7253 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7254 Unqualified); 7255 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7256 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7257 return LHS; 7258 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7259 return RHS; 7260 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7261 } 7262 case Type::ConstantArray: 7263 { 7264 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7265 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7266 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7267 return QualType(); 7268 7269 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7270 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7271 if (Unqualified) { 7272 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7273 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7274 } 7275 7276 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7277 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7278 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7279 return LHS; 7280 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7281 return RHS; 7282 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7283 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7284 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7285 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7286 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7287 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7288 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7289 return LHS; 7290 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7291 return RHS; 7292 if (LVAT) { 7293 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7294 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7295 // has to be different. 7296 return LHS; 7297 } 7298 if (RVAT) { 7299 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7300 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7301 // has to be different. 7302 return RHS; 7303 } 7304 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7305 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7306 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7307 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7308 } 7309 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7310 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7311 case Type::Record: 7312 case Type::Enum: 7313 return QualType(); 7314 case Type::Builtin: 7315 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7316 return QualType(); 7317 case Type::Complex: 7318 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7319 return QualType(); 7320 case Type::Vector: 7321 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7322 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7323 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7324 return LHS; 7325 return QualType(); 7326 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7327 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7328 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7329 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7330 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7331 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7332 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7333 return LHS; 7334 7335 return QualType(); 7336 } 7337 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7338 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7339 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7340 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7341 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7342 BlockReturnType)) 7343 return LHS; 7344 return QualType(); 7345 } 7346 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7347 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7348 return LHS; 7349 7350 return QualType(); 7351 } 7352 } 7353 7354 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7355} 7356 7357bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7358 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7359 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7360 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7361 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7362 return false; 7363 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7364 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7365 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7366 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7367 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7368 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7369 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7370 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7371 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7372 return false; 7373 } 7374 return true; 7375} 7376 7377/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7378/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7379/// return types. 7380QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7381 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7382 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7383 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7384 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7385 return LHS; 7386 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7387 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7388 return QualType(); 7389 QualType OldReturnType = 7390 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7391 QualType NewReturnType = 7392 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7393 QualType ResReturnType = 7394 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7395 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7396 return QualType(); 7397 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7398 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7399 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7400 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7401 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7402 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7403 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7404 QualType ResultType = 7405 getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI); 7406 return ResultType; 7407 } 7408 } 7409 return QualType(); 7410 } 7411 7412 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7413 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7414 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7415 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7416 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7417 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7418 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7419 return QualType(); 7420 7421 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7422 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7423 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7424 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7425 // qualified __strong. 7426 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7427 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7428 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7429 7430 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7431 return QualType(); 7432 7433 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7434 return LHS; 7435 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7436 return RHS; 7437 return QualType(); 7438 } 7439 7440 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7441 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7442 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7443 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7444 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7445 return LHS; 7446 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7447 return RHS; 7448 } 7449 return QualType(); 7450} 7451 7452//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7453// Integer Predicates 7454//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7455 7456unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7457 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7458 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7459 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7460 return 1; 7461 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7462 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7463} 7464 7465QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7466 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7467 7468 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7469 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7470 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7471 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7472 7473 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7474 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7475 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7476 7477 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7478 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7479 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7480 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7481 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7482 return UnsignedCharTy; 7483 case BuiltinType::Short: 7484 return UnsignedShortTy; 7485 case BuiltinType::Int: 7486 return UnsignedIntTy; 7487 case BuiltinType::Long: 7488 return UnsignedLongTy; 7489 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7490 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7491 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7492 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7493 default: 7494 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7495 } 7496} 7497 7498ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7499 7500void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7501 QualType ReturnType) {} 7502 7503//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7504// Builtin Type Computation 7505//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7506 7507/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7508/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7509/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7510/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7511/// a vector of "i*". 7512/// 7513/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7514/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7515static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7516 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7517 bool &RequiresICE, 7518 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7519 // Modifiers. 7520 int HowLong = 0; 7521 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7522 RequiresICE = false; 7523 7524 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7525 bool Done = false; 7526 while (!Done) { 7527 switch (*Str++) { 7528 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7529 case 'I': 7530 RequiresICE = true; 7531 break; 7532 case 'S': 7533 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7534 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7535 Signed = true; 7536 break; 7537 case 'U': 7538 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7539 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7540 Unsigned = true; 7541 break; 7542 case 'L': 7543 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7544 ++HowLong; 7545 break; 7546 } 7547 } 7548 7549 QualType Type; 7550 7551 // Read the base type. 7552 switch (*Str++) { 7553 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7554 case 'v': 7555 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7556 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7557 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7558 break; 7559 case 'f': 7560 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7561 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7562 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7563 break; 7564 case 'd': 7565 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7566 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7567 if (HowLong) 7568 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7569 else 7570 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7571 break; 7572 case 's': 7573 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7574 if (Unsigned) 7575 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7576 else 7577 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7578 break; 7579 case 'i': 7580 if (HowLong == 3) 7581 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7582 else if (HowLong == 2) 7583 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7584 else if (HowLong == 1) 7585 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7586 else 7587 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7588 break; 7589 case 'c': 7590 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7591 if (Signed) 7592 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7593 else if (Unsigned) 7594 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7595 else 7596 Type = Context.CharTy; 7597 break; 7598 case 'b': // boolean 7599 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7600 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7601 break; 7602 case 'z': // size_t. 7603 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7604 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7605 break; 7606 case 'F': 7607 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7608 break; 7609 case 'G': 7610 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7611 break; 7612 case 'H': 7613 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7614 break; 7615 case 'M': 7616 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7617 break; 7618 case 'a': 7619 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7620 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7621 break; 7622 case 'A': 7623 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7624 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7625 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7626 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7627 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7628 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7629 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7630 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7631 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7632 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7633 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7634 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7635 else 7636 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7637 break; 7638 case 'V': { 7639 char *End; 7640 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7641 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7642 Str = End; 7643 7644 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7645 RequiresICE, false); 7646 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7647 7648 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7649 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7650 VectorType::GenericVector); 7651 break; 7652 } 7653 case 'E': { 7654 char *End; 7655 7656 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7657 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7658 7659 Str = End; 7660 7661 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7662 false); 7663 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7664 break; 7665 } 7666 case 'X': { 7667 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7668 false); 7669 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7670 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7671 break; 7672 } 7673 case 'Y' : { 7674 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7675 break; 7676 } 7677 case 'P': 7678 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7679 if (Type.isNull()) { 7680 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7681 return QualType(); 7682 } 7683 break; 7684 case 'J': 7685 if (Signed) 7686 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7687 else 7688 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7689 7690 if (Type.isNull()) { 7691 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7692 return QualType(); 7693 } 7694 break; 7695 case 'K': 7696 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7697 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7698 7699 if (Type.isNull()) { 7700 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7701 return QualType(); 7702 } 7703 break; 7704 case 'p': 7705 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7706 break; 7707 } 7708 7709 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7710 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7711 while (!Done) { 7712 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7713 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7714 case '*': 7715 case '&': { 7716 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7717 // qualified with an address space. 7718 char *End; 7719 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7720 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7721 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7722 Str = End; 7723 } 7724 if (c == '*') 7725 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7726 else 7727 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7728 break; 7729 } 7730 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7731 case 'C': 7732 Type = Type.withConst(); 7733 break; 7734 case 'D': 7735 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7736 break; 7737 case 'R': 7738 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7739 break; 7740 } 7741 } 7742 7743 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7744 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7745 7746 return Type; 7747} 7748 7749/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7750QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7751 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7752 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7753 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7754 7755 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7756 7757 bool RequiresICE = false; 7758 Error = GE_None; 7759 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7760 RequiresICE, true); 7761 if (Error != GE_None) 7762 return QualType(); 7763 7764 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7765 7766 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7767 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7768 if (Error != GE_None) 7769 return QualType(); 7770 7771 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7772 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7773 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7774 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7775 7776 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7777 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7778 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7779 7780 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7781 } 7782 7783 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7784 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7785 7786 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7787 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7788 7789 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7790 7791 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7792 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7793 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7794 7795 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7796 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7797 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7798 7799 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7800} 7801 7802GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7803 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7804 return GVA_Internal; 7805 7806 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7807 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7808 case TSK_Undeclared: 7809 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7810 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7811 break; 7812 7813 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7814 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7815 7816 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7817 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7818 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7819 break; 7820 } 7821 7822 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7823 return External; 7824 7825 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) || 7826 FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7827 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7828 // externally visible. 7829 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7830 return External; 7831 7832 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7833 return GVA_C99Inline; 7834 } 7835 7836 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7837 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7838 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7839 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7840 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7841 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7842 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7843 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7844 return GVA_C99Inline; 7845 7846 return GVA_CXXInline; 7847} 7848 7849GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7850 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7851 return GVA_Internal; 7852 7853 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7854 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7855 // template. 7856 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7857 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7858 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7859 7860 switch (TSK) { 7861 case TSK_Undeclared: 7862 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7863 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7864 7865 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7866 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7867 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7868 7869 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7870 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7871 7872 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7873 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7874 } 7875 7876 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7877} 7878 7879bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7880 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7881 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7882 return false; 7883 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7884 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7885 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7886 return false; 7887 } else 7888 return false; 7889 7890 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7891 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7892 return false; 7893 7894 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7895 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7896 return false; 7897 7898 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7899 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7900 return true; 7901 7902 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7903 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7904 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7905 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7906 7907 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7908 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7909 return true; 7910 7911 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7912 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7913 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7914 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7915 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7916 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7917 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7918 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7919 return true; 7920 } 7921 } 7922 } 7923 7924 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7925 7926 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7927 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7928 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7929 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7930 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7931 return false; 7932 return true; 7933 } 7934 7935 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7936 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7937 7938 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7939 return false; 7940 7941 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7942 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7943 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7944 return true; 7945 7946 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7947 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7948 return true; 7949 7950 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7951 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7952 return true; 7953 7954 return false; 7955} 7956 7957CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7958 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7959 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7960} 7961 7962CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7963 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7964 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7965 return CC_Default; 7966 return CC; 7967} 7968 7969bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7970 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7971 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7972} 7973 7974MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7975 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7976 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7977 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7978 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7979 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7980 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7981 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7982 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7983 } 7984 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7985} 7986 7987CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7988 7989size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7990 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() + 7991 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) + 7992 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) + 7993 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) + 7994 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) + 7995 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) + 7996 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) + 7997 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) + 7998 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) + 7999 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) + 8000 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) + 8001 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) + 8002 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) + 8003 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 8004} 8005 8006void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) { 8007 if (Number > 1) 8008 MangleNumbers[ND] = Number; 8009} 8010 8011unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const { 8012 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 8013 MangleNumbers.find(ND); 8014 return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1; 8015} 8016 8017MangleNumberingContext & 8018ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) { 8019 return MangleNumberingContexts[DC]; 8020} 8021 8022void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8023 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8024} 8025 8026unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8027 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8028 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8029 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8030 return I->second; 8031} 8032 8033APValue * 8034ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E, 8035 bool MayCreate) { 8036 assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static && 8037 "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary"); 8038 if (MayCreate) 8039 return &MaterializedTemporaryValues[E]; 8040 8041 llvm::DenseMap<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue>::iterator I = 8042 MaterializedTemporaryValues.find(E); 8043 return I == MaterializedTemporaryValues.end() ? 0 : &I->second; 8044} 8045 8046bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { 8047 const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 8048 if (!T.isOSDarwin()) 8049 return false; 8050 8051 QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); 8052 CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); 8053 uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); 8054 CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); 8055 unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); 8056 unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); 8057 return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); 8058} 8059 8060namespace { 8061 8062 /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their 8063 /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor. 8064 /// 8065 /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST 8066 /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context) 8067 /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers. 8068 /// 8069 /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes. 8070 class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> { 8071 8072 public: 8073 /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map. 8074 /// 8075 /// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap. 8076 static ASTContext::ParentMap *buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) { 8077 ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMap); 8078 Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU); 8079 return Visitor.Parents; 8080 } 8081 8082 private: 8083 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> VisitorBase; 8084 8085 ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents) : Parents(Parents) { 8086 } 8087 8088 bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const { 8089 return true; 8090 } 8091 bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { 8092 return true; 8093 } 8094 // Disables data recursion. We intercept Traverse* methods in the RAV, which 8095 // are not triggered during data recursion. 8096 bool shouldUseDataRecursionFor(clang::Stmt *S) const { 8097 return false; 8098 } 8099 8100 template <typename T> 8101 bool TraverseNode(T *Node, bool(VisitorBase:: *traverse) (T *)) { 8102 if (Node == NULL) 8103 return true; 8104 if (ParentStack.size() > 0) 8105 // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, for example 8106 // when we visit all subexpressions of template instantiations; this is 8107 // suboptimal, bug benign: the only way to visit those is with 8108 // hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create new matches. 8109 // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash 8110 // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions / 8111 // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that 8112 // do not have pointer identity. 8113 (*Parents)[Node].push_back(ParentStack.back()); 8114 ParentStack.push_back(ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node)); 8115 bool Result = (this ->* traverse) (Node); 8116 ParentStack.pop_back(); 8117 return Result; 8118 } 8119 8120 bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) { 8121 return TraverseNode(DeclNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseDecl); 8122 } 8123 8124 bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) { 8125 return TraverseNode(StmtNode, &VisitorBase::TraverseStmt); 8126 } 8127 8128 ASTContext::ParentMap *Parents; 8129 llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack; 8130 8131 friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>; 8132 }; 8133 8134} // end namespace 8135 8136ASTContext::ParentVector 8137ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) { 8138 assert(Node.getMemoizationData() && 8139 "Invariant broken: only nodes that support memoization may be " 8140 "used in the parent map."); 8141 if (!AllParents) { 8142 // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as 8143 // hasAncestor can escape any subtree. 8144 AllParents.reset( 8145 ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl())); 8146 } 8147 ParentMap::const_iterator I = AllParents->find(Node.getMemoizationData()); 8148 if (I == AllParents->end()) { 8149 return ParentVector(); 8150 } 8151 return I->second; 8152} 8153 8154bool 8155ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 8156 const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) { 8157 // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod. 8158 if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() 8159 || MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) 8160 return false; 8161 if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() != 8162 MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier()) 8163 return false; 8164 if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getResultType(), 8165 MethodImpl->getResultType())) 8166 return false; 8167 8168 if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size()) 8169 return false; 8170 8171 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(), 8172 IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(), 8173 EF = MethodDecl->param_end(); 8174 IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) { 8175 const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF); 8176 const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM); 8177 if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier()) 8178 return false; 8179 if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType())) 8180 return false; 8181 } 8182 return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic()); 8183 8184} 8185